The URL can be used to link to this page

R-2016-111 2016-06-27RESOLUTION NO. R2016-111 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a contract for the construction of an additional Bar Screen at the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility to C3 Constructors in the amount of $ 346,299.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for the construction of an additional Bar Screen have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. of $346,299.00. Section 3. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to C3 Construction, in the amount The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the construction of an additional Bar Screen at John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 27th day of June, A.D., 2016. .."),7"7 TOM REiIT MAYOR ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY 2,6,c Project Manual for: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition WW 1504 Conform( Resolution No. R2016-111 Exhibit "A" Bid No.: 0516-37 June 2016 Prepared By: 4icocturra 2032 Buffalo Terrace Houston, Texas 77019 TBPE Firm Registration No. F-17004 10 . *. . • *. iJEFFREY S. PETERS j I -01. 86347 Q-; • ttt`. • /,EMSC:3 � 06/09/16 o - /. • . *i'. C'r 7E- %, ,� *I * 1II nual Project Ma for: ("'" John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition WW1504 Conformed Set .r.0.4.qt,v*,---1,,,. .. ,_ ` t; gr r 4 Ss&ca ' ' N.J.,2,_}Qs1/4_ � Stom aE • X AT F} BidNo. : 0516-37 June 2016 �P •° r � �� Prepared By: *• ' till 4rdurra JEFFREY S. PETERS ' ��: 86347 '�: croup 1t . t.CENSE .-re06/09/16 - 2032 Buffalo Terrace Houston, Texas 77019 TBPE Firm Registration No. F-17004 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION No. of Pages DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 4 00200 Instructions to Bidders 8 00300 Bid Proposal Parts A-C 7 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 7 00500A Appendix A, Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances 2 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 2 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 1 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 58 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 5 (0.-\ 00900 Addendum No. 1 6 DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS *01100S Summary of Work 2 01100 Summary of Work 2 01110 Environmental Protection Procedures 6 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 4 01170 Special Provisions 2 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 4 *01290S Change Order Procedures 2 01290 Change Order Procedures 4 01310 Coordination and Meetings 4 01311 Schedule and Sequence of Construction 6 *01350 Submittals 2 01350 Submittals 8 01370 Schedule of Values 4 01420 Referenced Standards 6 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 2 01465 Equipment Testing and Startup 4 *01500S Temporary Facilities and Controls 2 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10 *01505S Mobilization 2 01505 Mobilization 2 01580 Project Identification Signs 4 00010-1 6/9/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition TABLE OF CONTENTS *01600S Material and Equipment 2 01600 Material and Equipment 4 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 4 01710 Cleaning 2 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 8 01740 Warranties and Bonds 2 *01750S Starting Systems 2 01750 Starting Systems 2 *1760S Project Record Documents 2 01760 Project Record Documents 2 *1770S Contract Closeout 2 01770 Contract Closeout 2 DIVISION 11 —EQUIPMENT 11330 Mechanical Fine Screen 12 11340 Shafted Screw Conveyor 8 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 4 16060 Electrical Demolition 4 16111 Conduit, Fittings and Bodies 10 16120 600-Volt Building Wire and Cable 4 16121 600-Volt Control Cable 8 16122 600-Volt Power Cable 8 16126 Instrumentation Cable 10 16131 Device, Pull and Junction Boxes 4 16140 Wiring Devices 4 16165 Disconnect Switches 4 16170 Grounding and Bonding 6 16171 Low Voltage Electric Motor 10 16195 Electrical Identification 6 END OF SECTION 00010-2 6/9/16 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Lowest Responsible Bidder Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https:/!pearland.ionwave.n.et(Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(ipearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, May 31st, 2016. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW1504 BID NO.: 0516-37 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on May, 24th, 2016. The project will entail the construction of the Bar Screen Addition Project at the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility, located at 5900 Magnolia Street, Pearland, TX 77584. The project consists of the removal and disposal of the existing screenings conveyor and installation of a new mechanical fine screen, new screenings conveyor, all associated appurtenances and the required electrical and instrumentaton work to provide a fully functioning headworks as described in the Bid Documents. 02-2015 00100- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project.For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall (281) 652-1600 Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room (713) 956-0100 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 McGrawHill Construction—Dodge Reports 1-800-393-6343 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 02-2015 00100-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE) goal for this project is n/a%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is n/a%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder. In identifying this criteria the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to: Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland 02-2015 00100-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID First Publication date May 12th, 2016 Second Publication date May 19th, 2016 02-2015 00100-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a"Supplier"by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) 12-2014 00200-1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these Cur. documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 12-2014 00200-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, C\ subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in 12-2014 00200-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of.the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check ) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 12-2014 00200-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. rs' 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. 12-2014 00200-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 12-2014 00200-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or ('"" improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A)provision of the "Best Value" or B)Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the 12-2014 00200-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction,within the Contract Time. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION C 12-2014 00200-8 of 8 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 PROPOSAL Part A Date: Proposal of L 3 Co Ns 1-rvc-4-0 r S L LC, , an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition Project City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW 1504 PROPOSAL NO.: 0516-37 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition Project with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by the Ardurra Group LLC, Houston, Texas for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Part B, the electronic proposal form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices, if any, shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required - See Section - 00800 Special Conditions, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initials: (,� 00300-Part A- 1 of 3 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within two hundred and forty (240) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety(90) calendar days following date of Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred(100)percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidder Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Proposal prices. Addendum No.: l Date: Ski J IL Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: The undersigned, as an Bidder, declares that the only person or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that this proposal is made, without collusion with any other person, firm, corporation; that he has carefully examined the form of contract, instructions to Bidders, profiles, grades, specifications, and the drawings therein referred to, and has carefully examined the locations, conditions and classes of materials of the proposed work. C Bidder's Initials: 00300-Part A-2 of 3 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL Proposal amounts shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy the amount shown in words shall govern. Firm Name: C 3 0oNs1--ruc4.s L LC By: C ris I, )(de Title: O u lu Address: SOZ LU. MoN� �t�e r ASS- G);J)'s TX )331 Phone No: 13 L Z 7.3 Z 6 l b ATTEST: J-eh 6/ fey' wadi (Typed or Printed Name) Signature Date: 43/ )/L JJJJ1 J/ /J \ JJJJ J+ i (Seal, ifB drier is a Corporation) I / r END OF SECTION 1/ 1JJJJJJ;:. Bidder's Initials: 00300-Part A-3 of 3 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL PART B Project Name: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition Contractor: C 3 C o,us�-r�G4-o r 5 L L c Project No. WW 1504 Proposal No.: 0516-37 1. OWNER will award contract in accordance with Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders and based on OWNER selected Bid Alternate. 2. The above prices shall include all labor, materials, removal, equipment, temporary measures, overhead,profit, insurance and incidentals required to complete the Work. 3. The Bidder agrees that extra work, if any, will be performed in accordance with Article 7 of the Conditions of the Contract and will be paid for in accordance with Article 6 of the Conditions of the Contract. 4. The selected equipment as shown in 00300 Equipment Selection Part C shall be bid according to the following: a. The bid shall be based on one of the manufacturers (A), (B), (C), etc. listed in 00300 Equipment Selection Part C. b. Basis of Design: The design of this project is based on the manufacturer/supplier listed as (A) in 00300 Proposal Selection Part C. Should a manufacturer other than the one listed as (A) in 00300 Equipment Selection Part C be selected, the Bidder shall be responsible for all costs for any revision or modifications (if required) for the design and/or construction required to accommodate the selected equipment. In addition, the Bidder shall reimburse the Owner for any additional costs attributable to selection of a manufacturer/supplier other than the one listed as (A). These costs may include, but are not limited to, additional field trips for the Engineer, redesign costs, and additional time for review and inspection. The Bidder proposes to furnish and install, in full compliance with the Contract Documents, the major items of equipment as manufactured or supplied by the following listed manufacturers or suppliers: C Bidder's Initials: Ea, 00300-Part B- 1 of 3 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL C 1 5. Explanation of Award Explanation of Award based on the Evaluation Criteria is included in Section 00200 Instructions to Bidders. The BIDDER shall base bid on the equipment specified and listed in 00300 Equipment Selection Part C. The OWNER reserves the right to award the contract for an amount equal to the lump sum base bid amount plus the price for any combination of Alternative Bid Items, Extra Work Items, and Allowances. Prices for Alternative Bid Items are listed in Section 2. The minimum award will include the TOTAL Base Bid less any alternates selected. It is the desire of the OWNER to award the base bid. However, project funds are limited and the OWNER reserves the right to choose any or all of the additive alternates and deductive alternate items listed in Table 00300-3 and base the award on the package most beneficial to the OWNER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD that the City of Pearland will award the project based on the Total Proposal amount. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all proposals for any or all products and/or services covered in this proposal and/ or to waive informalities in such proposals. The City further reserves the right to accept any proposals deemed to be the Best Value to the City. �r I Bid er's Authorized Signature • Bidder's Initials: 00300-Part B-2 of 3 City of Pearland Texas (City of Pearland Texas) Supplier Response Bid Information Contact Information Ship to Information Bid Creator Julie Blackmore Buyer Address 3519 Liberty Drive Address Email jlackmore@pearlandtx.gov Suite 201 Phone 281 (652) 1790 Pearland,TX 77581 Fax Contact Contact Bid Number 0516-37 Addendum 1 Department Department Title John Hargrove Water Building City Hall Building Reclamation Facility Bar 2nd Floor Screen Addition Floor/Room Floor/Room Bid Type Invitation to Bid Telephone 281 (652) 1790 Telephone Issue Date 5/12/2016 01:30:34 PM(CT) Fax 281 (652) 1738 Fax Close Date 5/31/2016 02:00:00 PM(CT) Email ebids@pearlandtx.gov Email Need by Date Supplier Information Company C3 Constructors LLC Address 502 West Montgomery #515 Willis,TX 77378 Contact Chris Wade Department Building C,.Floor/Room #515 Telephone 1 (936)223-2610 Fax 1 Email chris@c3constructors.com Submitted 5/31/2016 01:30:17 PM(CT) Total $346,299.00 By submitting your response,you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company. Signature Chris Wade Email Chris@C3Constructors.com Supplier Notes Bid Notes The project will entail the construction of the Bar Screen Addition Project at the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility. Bid Activities Date Name Description 5/24/2016 03:00:00 PM Pre-Bid Conference A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 (CT) Liberty Drive,Pearland,TX 77581. Bid Messages 0516-37 Addendum 1 -Page 1 of 3 Please review the following and respond where necessary # Name Note Response 1 Specification Acknowledgement Bidder has reviewed specifications and agrees that their Yes bid adheres fully. If not, bidder will need to provide written explanation of any exceptions. 2 Insurance Requirement Acknowledgement I have read and agree to the City of Pearland's Contractor I agree Insurance Requirements&Agreement. 3 Local Bidder Preference Claim Form Bidder claims Pearland local bidder preference,pursuant No to provisions of Local Bidder Preference claim form and Texas Local Govemment Code,Chapter 271.9051. 4 Conflict of Interest Questionnaire I am submitting a completed and signed copy of the Yes Conflict of Interest Questionnaire. 5 Non-Collusion Statement I am submitting a completed and signed copy of the Yes Non-Collusion Statement. 6 Contractor Questionnaire I am submitting a completed and signed copy of the I agree Contractor Questionnaire. 7 Vendor References I have attached my company's list of references, as I agree required. 8 Cooperative Purchase Are these items on a cooperative purchasing No agreement/contract?If so,please state which agreement and the contract number. 9 Delivery/Installation Please state the anticipated delivery/installation time 210 Days(6-8 Weeks Submittal required for this project. Process&22 Weeks Delivery) 10 Bid Security Bidder understands and has completed the following:Bid I agree Security required by Bid Specifications has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and,a fully executed,signed and sealed hard copy of the Bid Bond has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department,2nd Floor,City Hall,3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland,Texas, 77581. 11 Normal Business Hours Please state your normal business hours in which 7:00-3:30 standard hourly rates will apply. 12 Phone Number Please state the phone number that should be called (936)223-2610 during normal working hours if the City of Pearland requires service. 13 Emergency Phone Numbers Please list the phone numbers that should be called if the (936)223-2610 City of Pearland requires service after hours,on a weekend,or on a holiday. Please also provide the contact name for each phone number given. 14 Warranty for Labor/Workmanship Please state your warranty for labor/workmanship. 1 Year 15 Warranty for Materials/Supplies Please state your warranty for materials/supplies. 1 Year 16 Service Call/Trip Charge Please indicate If your company charges a service call/trip Yes charge per callout. 17 Service Call/Trip Charge Amount Please indicate the amount of the service call/trip charge $75.00 your company charges per callout. 0516-37 Addendum 1 -Page 2 of 3 Line Items # Qty UOM Description Response 1 1 Base Bid $346,300.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items: # Qty UOM Description Response 1.1 1 LS Add Second Bar Screen and Conveyor 346,300.00 Item Notes: Include ALL items of this contract under this bid item unless specifically stated otherwise. Include construction of all components of the project including,but not limited to furnishing a new mechanical bar screen,conveyor and necessary and required controls, wiring, conduit, electrical,and all other necessary items for a complete and properly operating system as described in the Contract Documents and as shown on the Drawings. Supplier Notes: 2 1 Alternate Work Items -$1.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes:NO BID from JDV/Hartwell Environmental Package Line Items: --- /1"- # Qty UOM Description Response 2.1 1 LS Alternate#1: Deductive Alternate-Supply JDV step screen and conveyor in lieu of providing -1.00 the Huber step screen. Item Notes: Note: make sure you start your number with a minus sign(-). Spec Reference: 11330 and 11340 Supplier Notes: Response Total: $346,299.00 Cowie-� 0516-37 Addendum 1 - Page 3 of 3 1 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL PK# Line Item# Quantity UOM Description Spec Unit Price Total Amount Reference PKHD 1 Base Bid 1 Base Bid Add Second Bar Screen and Conveyor: Include ALL items of this contract under this bid item unless specifically stated otherwise. Include construction of all components of the project including,but not limited to Complete PKLN 1 1 Base Bid 1 LS furnishing a new mechanical bar screen,conveyor and Contract necessary and required controls,wiring,conduit,electrical, Documents and all other necessary items for a complete and properly operating system as described in the Contract Documents and as shown on the Drawings. SUBTOTAL BASE BID Alternate Alternate Work PKHD 2 1 Work Items Items Alternate#1: PKLN 2 2 Base Bid LS Deductive Alternate-Supply JDV step screen and conveyor 11330 11340 in lieu of providing the Huber step screen. SUBTOTAL DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE WORK ITEMS(2) Bidder's Initials: 00300-Part B-3 of 3 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL EQUIPMENT SELECTION PART C Table 00300-2: LUMP SUM BASE BID SELECTED EQUIPMENT Section Equipment Manufacturer/ Number(s) Description Supplier (A) Huber 11330 Mechanical Bar Screen and (B) JDV Conveyor (Deductive Alternate Manufacturer) END OF SECTION Bidder's Initials: 00300-Part C- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and �.3 Cw arc)e+0 r S LLC (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW 1504 BID NO.: 0516-37 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by Ardurra Group, LLC, 5851 San Felipe Street, Suite 425, Houston, Texas 77057 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within two hundred forty (240) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred seventy (270) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties (..n\ involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand 4-2015 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT dollars ($1,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds 1 3 y to, 2 99, "`' (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and Alternates as accepted by OWNER and as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In,order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR. makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data CIIL‘ are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and Csk\ CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through [ edit as required] inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns. and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 / 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: , 20— OWNER: CONTRACTOR: CITY OF PE C 3 ((wd-r , r L J >>G S Le_ By: By:• Title: 'Title: Date: Die . 2'l. 1 (p Date: 6 Zsl /I b ,N- (Coipora Seakj= ATTEST ATTES0 �� \ Address for giving notices ow =►�- Sb2 IJ Mnn � ()pipit) iS/S icns TX Y1318 Phone: 93( Z 7 3 2 i/0 Fax: Agent for service of process: ),c)g_ (a q l LJ i I t;c Tx 7 73 7(r END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of 7 Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. (2) Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. (4) Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the Sub-Recipient shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: (a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. (1.* (6) Incorporation of Provisions:The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance. Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub-Recipient to.enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. C ************IMPORTANT************ The attached Bond and Power of Attorney have purposely not been dated. Please do not date either of these documents until you have a signed contract. At that time, CHS Insurance Services, LLC is authorizing you to date the Bond and the Power of Attorney the same date as the contract or a later date. Forward a copy of the dated Bond and Power of Attorney to: CHS Insurance Services, LLC 25025 1-45 North Freeway, Ste. 525 (17 The Woodlands, TX 77380 Thank you for allowing us to assist with your bonding needs. If you should have any questions regarding this letter, please feel free to contact our office at 832- 482-4735. CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 Bond#SUR40010268 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That C3 Constructors, LLC of the City of Willis , County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 346,299.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 214' day of Tu,v er , 2016 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW 1504 BID NO.: 0516-37 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND CP), IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this L 74-day of 7.6,e_ , 20 16. Principal: Surety: ee�Inde"''" C3 Constructors, LLC Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. g' po . By: (AJG-L- . By: :L.i� �! , pin Title: e),(;S c)e Ownre r Title: Scott D.Chapman, .:i or <t :�=e P K�min Address: Address 12291 Rose Road 28 Liberty Street,4th Floor Willis,Texas 77378 New York, NY 10004 Telephone: 936-223-2610 Telephone: (646)826-6600 Fax: Fax: (646)826-6601 1 i NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION • i 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 Bond#SUR40010268 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That C3 Constructors, LLC of the City of Willis , County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 346,299.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 'Ui day of ,]i,Nr e , 20 16 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition City of Pearland,Texas j COP PN: WW 1504 BID NO.: 0516-37 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this Z q 41-day of TV iP .,2016 . Principal: Surety: C3 Constructors, LLC Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. By: : (— �lr By:. �> C.�yQ Title: d r;Sc)t O W n,fir' Title: n e Scott D. Chapman, = y-IngL 11. 1919 sy Address: Address: dkP 12291 Rose Road 28 Liberty Street,4th Floor ''oNm,,,nnu*,0000��`` Willis,Texas 77378 New York, NY 10004 Telephone: (936)223-2610 Telephone: (646)826-6600 Fax: Fax: (646)826-6601 1 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 Bond#SUR40010268 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That . C3 Constructors,LLC of the City of Willis ,County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 346,299.00 for the payment whereof; the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the ?7-11' day of ji,,,,r , 20 16 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW 1504 BID NO.: 0516-37 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00612-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 9 day of al e_ ,2016 Principal: Surety: C3 Constructors, LLC Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. By: 02l1ic, L— By: S o , Cr Title: I,rI a_J /� ,,,,��1111111/1/,,,,,,,,,,,,,, S llwn��r Title: Scott D.Chapman,Attorne ltlt1d8/h Address: Address: roc,p 64 4''f SEAL 19 12291 Rose Road 28 Liberty Street,4th Floor I., 1919 Willis,Texas 77378 New York,NY 10004 � ESlet 'pnnmmnwuaaaoo Telephone: (936)826-6600 Telephone: (646)826-6600 Fax: Fax: (646)826-6601 _ NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 POWER OF ATTORNEY III- Ironshore Indemnity Inc. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that IRONSHORE INDEMNITY INC.,a Minnesota Corporation,with its principal office in New York,NY does hereby constitute and appoint: Scott D.Chapman,Misty Witt,Rosalyn Hassell,Elaine Lewis,Keith M.Illa,Timothy James Maley its true and lawful to Attorneys)-in-Fact make,execute,seal,and deliver for,and on its behalf as surety,any and all bonds,undertakings or other writings obligatory in nature of a bond. This authority is made under and by the authority of a resolution which was passed by the Board of Directors of IRONSHORE INDEMNITY INC.on the 22nd day of April,2013 as follows: Resolved,that the Director of the Company is hereby authorized to appoint and empower any representative of the company or other person or persons as Attorney-In-Fact to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds,undertakings,policies,contracts of indemnity or other writings obligatory in nature of a bond not to exceed $2,500,000 dollars,which the Company might execute through its duly elected officers,and affix the seal of the Company thereto. Any said execution of such documents by an Attorney-In-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company.Any Attorney-In-Fact,so appointed,may be removed for good cause and the authority so granted may be revoked as specified in the Power of Attorney. Resolved,that the signature of the Director and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted,and the signature of the Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company.Any such power so executed and sealed and certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond of undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company. IN WITNESS THEREOF,IRONSHORE INDEMNITY INC.has caused this instrument to be signed by its Director,and its Corporate Seal to be affixed this 71h day of August,2013 IRONSHORE INDEMNITY INC. f918' Dane L.Suss n Director ACKNOWLEDGEMENT On this 7th Day of August,2013,before me,personally came Daniel L.Sussman to me known,who being duly sworn,did depose and say that he is the Director of Ironshore Indemnity, Inc.,the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument;that he executed said instrument on behalf of the corporation by authority of his office under the By-laws of said corporation. AtMY TAYLOR mess • _ Natary Public-State ofTennessee •, . Davidson County My Commission Expires 07-0B-19 BY Amy/Taylor - Nota Public CERTIFICATE I,the undersigned, Secretary of IRONSHORE INDEMNITY INC., a Minnesota Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a true and correct copy,is in full force and e 1e+ndtitIsiript.been revoked and the resolutions as set forth are now in force. c;OnCienk;:6 ,-\' Signed and Sealed at this Day of ,20 16 :. _von °rpP 15 9EAL � • ' P ° ,�,,,,` Paul S.GI darro ''mVEs oe Secretary %�� * "WARNING:Any person who knowingly and with intent to defraud any ins �� rtdl " or other person,files and application for insurance or statement of claim containing any materially false information, or conceals for the purpose of misleading information concerning any fact material thereto, commits a fraudulent insurance act,which is a crime and subjects such person to criminal and civil penalties." (7) IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may contact Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. for information or to make a complaint at: Ironshore Indemnity, Inc. Attn: Claims Dept. 256 Jackson Meadows Drive, Suite 201 Hermitage, TN 37076 (615) 250-3040 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, Texas 78714-9104 (800) 252-3439 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253-048, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN \ Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows: In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 My Commission Expires: Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 Contract Documents 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Written Notice 1.05 Work 1.06 Extra Work 1.07 Work Day 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Impact Day 1.08 Calendar Day 1.09 Substantially Completed 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 1.13 Construction Inspector 1.14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3.01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.03 Preliminary Approval 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4.01 Independent Contractor 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4.06 Insurance 4.07 Permits and Fees 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4.10 Character of Workers 4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 4.12 Sanitation 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4.14 Performance of Work 4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.16 Layout of Work 4.17 Shop Drawings 4.18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations 4.19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 5.02 Extension of Time 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 5.04 Suspension of Work 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities 6.04 Price of Work 6.05 Payments 6.06 Partial Payments 6.07 Use of Completed Portions &Punchlist 6.08 Substantial Completion 6.08-1 6.09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6.13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7.01 Differing Site Conditions 7.02 Change Orders 7.03 Change Orders 7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7.05 Minor Changes 7.06 Extra Work 7.07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8.01 Default by Contractor rb.\ 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 8.04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT .8.05 Insolvency 8.06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl C C 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 C""\, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; (7) Instructions to Bidders; (8) Bid Proposal; and 10-2012 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is (.11') intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700-2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or "Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement,permission, (1011*-%, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700-3 of 36 CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or,alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700-5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications (611b") prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF(P"' 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700-7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the , terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. (rh.` The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700-8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700-9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (..b\ The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700- 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about re*\. such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus C."‘\ materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. (INb 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents; and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property (Pub ', during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700- 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, rib\ make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. (1.14\1 If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the r16.\ ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700- 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the CI*\, Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700- 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight (8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way (116\ encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the. OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all (1111 \ liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE (\ PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700- 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 10-2012 00700- 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT C.F.\ 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the CPI's\ OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. ("*"`. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700- 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) ri16\ Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700-20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive rib`, remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages,unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner. The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700-21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount,prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the . various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this rk`, Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700-22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in (II"\ CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700-23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed Cub.\ list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending fmal payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 10-2012 00700-24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700-25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year rik`. from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (0 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700-26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement (111 between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 225L051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a)Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment(excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER'S determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall,upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days,prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day. 7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method(B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method(C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700-29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty(60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty(30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR. may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. (111. 10-2012 00700-30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or 10-2012 00700-31 of36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by C1 law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinety, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the (11.6 exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the ; Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to Cw\, this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700-34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 10-2012 00700-35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the (111b,, county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS (ow. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") _ A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project _includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (IP"'"\ (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing (.11\1 services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the (1°.\, Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new rith'\ certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. C 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the_day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of 20 by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: -- President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF ' BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I (We) am (are) the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20_. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: C 07/2006 00700-B4 /"'17T17/l7' 7177 APT AT Tr% !'ITATTT A T !l/IATTTTT/IXTC1 !1T A!'1TTT1%IITTATT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the.Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to.the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement,'the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: (..*\ In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: ("lb.\ 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4.1.4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: (111"N. i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. • 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount.of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000. 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less. than $1,000,000. 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; • c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available'to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss v. Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit (.111", x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot & Included without sublimit cold testing(where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below. 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, (.11116' B or V d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence .of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name,which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance elmiks or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700-C10 Client#: 64754 C3CONSTR ACORDT. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 6/20/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED EPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. '-,.JIPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed.If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Soules Insurance Agency, LP PHONE 936 756-0671 FAX 701 N San Jacinto E-MAILNo,Ext): (A/C,No): E-M Conroe,TX 77301 ADDRESS: 936 756-0671 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA:United Fire&Casualty Company 13021 INSURED INSURER B:Texas Mutual Ins. Co. 22945 C3 Constructors, LLC 12291 Rose Road INSURER C Willis,TX 77378 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY 20322207 05/27/2016 05/27/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY - PREMISES(Ea occ�°nce) $50,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 7 POLICY I ^I jEzif n LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 20322207 05/27/2016 05/27/2017 (E°acclideDtSINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS (Per accident) $ • $ UMBRELLA LIAB — OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION 0001308236 06/21/2016 06/21/2017 X TORY IJ U- RI- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITYAN YIN TORY LIMITS ER OFFIB E PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N NIA E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below • E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,if more space Is required) • CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION "Proof of Insurance" SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. h AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE I ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. _ ACORD 25(2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S558424/M558422 BJJ CG•72 08 02 15 TEXAS EXTENDED ULTRA LIABILITY PLUS ENDORSEMENT COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT SUMMARY OF COVERAGES This is a summary of the various additional cOveragea and coverage modifications prOVided by this endorsement. No coverage is provided by this summary. • Extended Property Damage ' Expanded Fire Legal Ijability to include Explosion, Lightning and Winkler Leakage Coverage for non r owned watercraft is extended to 51 feet in length •Property Damage-Borrowed Equipment *Property Damage Liability-Elevators Coverage D Voluntary Property Damage Coverage$5,p00 Occurrence with a$10,000 Aggregate * Coverage E - Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage 525,000 Occurrence with a $100 000 Aggregate-.$800 Deductible Coverage F- Electronic Data Liability Coverage-$50,000 •Coverage G-Product Recall Expense$25,000 Each Recall Limit with a $50,000 Aggregate- ,000 Deductible * Coverage H-Water Damage Legal Liability-$25,000 " Coverage I-Designated Operations Covered by a Consolidated (Wrap-Up) Insurance Program Limited Coverage Increase in SUpplementary Payments: Bail Bonds to$1,000 ' Increase in Supplementary Payments: Less of Earnings to$500 ' For newly formed or acquired organizations-extend the reporting requirement to 180 days Broadened Named Insured AutOrnatio.Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - Automatic Status When Required in Construction Agreement With You *Contractors.Blanket Additional Insured-LiMited Products Completed Operations Cetverage Automatic Additional Insured-Vendors " Automatic Additional Insured-Lessor of Leased Equipment Automatic Status When Required in Lease Agreement With You 'Automatic Additional Insured-Managers or Lessor of Premises ' Additional Insured-Engineers,Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured * Additional Insured-State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivision- Permits or Authorizations ** Additional Insured-Consolidated Insurance Program(Wrap-Op) Off-Premises Operations Only-Owners, Lessees or Contractors Automatic Status When Required in Construction Agreement With You 'Additional Insured- Employee Injury to Another Employee ' Automatically included-Aggregate Limits of Insurance (per location) 'Antomatically included-Aggregate Limits of Insurance (per project) ' Knowledge of Odcurterice•- Knowledge of an "eccurrence", 'claim or snit" by your agent i servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knoWledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured ha's received such notice from the agent, servant or eMPloyee. * Blanket Waiver of SubtogatiOn *-Liberalization Condition * Unintentional failure to disclose all hazards. If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of your poliby, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect Our right to collet additional premium Or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. *'Insured Contract"redefined for Limited Railroad Contractual Liability "Mobile equipment to include snow rernoval, road maintenance and street cleaning equipment less than 1,000 iosGVw • ihjuiy Redefined REFER TO THE ACTUAL ENDORSEMENT FOLLOWING ON PAGES 2 THROUGH 14 FOR CHANGES AFFECTING YOUR INSURANCE PROTECTION CO 72 08 02 15. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services°Moe, Inc..with its permission. Page 1 of 14 *34045281* 11111111111111111111111111111111111 rj CG 72 08 02 15 ; THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY.PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS - EXTENDED ULTRA LIABILITY PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the f011owing: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SECTION I COVERAGES A. The.following changes are made at COVERAGE A-BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY 1. Extended Property Damage At i Eiclusionsexclusion a. Expected or Intended Injury is replaced with the following: "Bodily injury"or'property damage"expected or intended from the standpoint of the inSured.This exclusion does not apply to*ally injury"or'property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force te protect Persons or property. 2. Expanded Fire Legal Liability At 2.Exclusions the last paragraph is deleted and replaced by the following: i Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, explosion, lightning; smoke resulting from such fire, •1 exploston, or lightning or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of this owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in.SECTION LIMITS OF INSURANCE, 3, Non.Owned Watercraft At 2.Exclusions exclusion g.Aircraft,Auto Or Watercraft(2)(a)is deleted and replaced by the following: (a) Less than 51 feet long: 4. Property bimage—Borrowed Equipment At 2.Exclusions the following is added to paragraph(4)of exclusion j. Damage To Prdpertr. This exclusion does not apply to 'property damage'to borrowed equipment while at a jobsite and while not being used to perform operations.The most we will pay for'property damage"to any one piece of borrowed equipment under tins coverage is 525,000 per occurrence, The insurance afforded under this provision is ekcess over any valid and collectible property insurance (including deductible) available to the insured, whether primary excesS, contingent or:on any other basis. 5.• Property Damage Liability—Elevators 14_2.Exclusions the following iSadded to paragraphs(3), (4) and (6)of exclusion j. Damage To property:'This exclusion does not apply to "property damage" resulting from the use of elevators However,.-any insurance provided for such "property damage" is excess over any valid and collectible property insurance (including deductible)available to the insured,whether primary, exceSs, contingent or on any other basis, B. The'following.coverages are added: 1. COVERAGE D VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE !Property dernage-t6 property of others,caused by the insured a. While in your possession:or Arising out of"your work". Coverage applies at the request of the insured, whether or not the insured is legally obligated to pay. For the purposes of This Voluntary Property Damage CpOra0010nly EsChision j.Damage to Property is deleted and replaced by the following.• CC 7208 02 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance'Services Office,Inc..With its permission, Page 2 0,14 CG 72 08 0215 j. Damage to Property I l 'Property damage"to: (1) Property held by the insured for servicing, repair, storage or sale:at premises you own, 'rent, lease, operate or use; (2) Property transported by or damage caused by.any"automobile", "watercraft":or"aircraft"you own, hire or lease, (3) Property you own, rent, lease, borrow or use. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION Iii-LIMITS=OF INSURANCE For the purposes of this Voluntary Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the:Limit of.Liability or the Aggregate Limit forthis coverage. ,2. COVERAGE E-CARE, CUSTODY AND CONTROL PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE For the purpose of this Care,Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage only: a. Item(4)of Exclusion j.does not apply. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III LIMITS OF INSURANCE For the purposes of this Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends When we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit'for this coverage. 3i COVERAGE F-ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE Fir the purposes of this Electronic Data Liability Coverage only: a. Exclusion p. of Coverage A —Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability inSection I —Coverages is replaced by the following: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: p. Electronic Data Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption .of, inability to access, or inability to manipulate°electronic data that does not result from physical injury to tangible property. However, this exclusion does notapply°to liability for damages because of"bodily injury" b. 'Property Damage"means: (1) Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it;or ' (2) Loss of-use of tangible property that is not physically injured, All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the"occurrence"that caused it;or (3) Loss of, loss of use of damage to, corruption;of, inability to access or inability to properly manipulate. "electronic data", resulting from physical injury to'tangible property.All such loss of"electronic data"shall be deemed to occur the-little Of the"occurrence"that caused it. For the purposes-of this Electronic Data Liability Coverage,"electronic data is not tangible property; The-amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III-LIMITS'OF INSURANCE 4. 'COVERAGE G -PRODUCT RECALL EXPENSE a. Insuring Agreement (1) We Will pay 90% of"product recall expense"you incur as a result of a "product recall"you initiate during the coverage:period, (2) We will only pay, for"product recall expense" arising out of"'your products" which have been physically, relinquished to others. The amount we will pay is limited as described below In SECTION III -LIMITS OF INSURANCE CG 72 08 0215 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. Page..3 of 14 *35045291* iI i111111 1111 1 III lil I I 11111111 1 CG 72 08.92 15 Exclusions This insurance does not apply to"product recall expense" arising out of (1) Any,fact, circumstance or situation which existed at the inception date.of1he policy and which you were ° aware of,or could reasonably have foreseen that would have resulted in a"product recall". (2) Deterioratien,decomposition or transformation Of a chemical nethre, except if caused by an error ih the manufacture, design proCeasiog,storage, or transportation of'your Preduct". (3) The withdrawal similar Products or hatchet that are riot defedive, when a defect in another product or batch has been found. (4) Acts,.errors or omissions of any of your empleyees, done with prior knowledge of any of your officers or director& (5) Inherent vice, meaning a natural condition of property that causes It to deteriorate or become damaged. (6) 'Bodily Injury"or'Property Damage". (7) Failure of"your product" to accomplish its intended purpoSe, including any breach of warranty of fitness, qUality,efficacy or efficiency,whether Written or implied. (8) Loss of reputation, customer faith or approval, or any costs incurred to regain customer market, or any other consequential damages. (9) Legal fees or expenses. (10) Damages claimed for any loss, cost or expense incurred by you or others for the toss of use of"your product". (11) "Product recall expense" arising from the"product recalr of"any of your products" for which Overage is, excluded by endorsement. (12) Any``product recall"initiated due to the expiration of the desighated,shelf life of"your product". (1116'"1 5. COVERAGE H WATER DAMAGE LEGAL LIABILITY The Insurance provided under Coverage H (Section I) applies to "property damage"arising out of water damage to premises that are both rented to and occupied by you. The Limit under this coverage shall not be in addition to the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III-UMITS OF INSURANCE: 6. COVERAGE I — DESIGNATED OPERATIONS COVERED BY A CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP} INSURANCE PROGRAM The following exclusion is added to Paragraph g,Exclusions of SECTION I —COVERAGES COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: r. This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of either your ongoing operations or operations included within the "products-completed operations hazard"for any 'consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program" which has been provided by the prime contractor Pprojed manager or owner of the construction project in which you are involved. This exclusiorf-applies whether or not a consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program: a. Provides coverage identical to that provided by this Covethge Part:or b. Has liMitsadequatoto cover all claims. This exclusion does not apply a "consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program" covering your operations has been canCelled, non-renewed or otherwise no longer applies for-reasons other than exhaustion of all available [knits, whether such limits are available orra priMary, excess or on any other basis..You must advise us of such cancellation, nonrenewal or temimation as soon as practicable For purposes Of this :exclusion a consolidated (wrap-up).inPurance,program" is a program providing insurance coverage to all parties for exposures involved with a particular (typically Major) construction project. CG 72 08 02 19 Includes cpPYrighted.Material of insurance Services Office. Inc.,'with its PerrhiSSIPri. Page 4 of 14 CG 72 08 0215 C. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS COVERAGES A AND.B is amended: 1. To read SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 2. Bail Bonds Item 1.b.is amended as-follows` b. Up to $1,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle'to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 3. Loss of Earnings Item 1.d. is amended as.follows: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or"suit", including actual loss of earnings up to$500 a day because of lime off from Work. 4. The following language is added to Item 1. However, we shall have none of the duties set forth above when this insurance applies only for Voluntary Property Damage Coverage and/or Care, Custody or Control Property Damage Coverage and we have paid the Limit of Liability.orthe Aggregate Limit for these coverages. SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED A. The following,change is made: Extended Reporting Requirements Item 3.a.is deleted and replaced by the following: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period,whichever is earlier. B. The following provisions are added: 4. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED Item IS. is added as follows: f: Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period only if`there is no other similar insurance available,to that entity. However: (1) Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired more than 50 percent of the voting stock; and (2) Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired More than 50 percent of thevoting stock. 5. Additional Insured-Owners, Lessees or Contractors -Automatic Status When Required in Construction or Service.Agreemient With You a. Any person Or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy is an insured. Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to your liability for"bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" which I may be imputed to that person or organization directly arising out of: 1_. Your acts or omissions;or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf;in the performance of'your ongoing operations for the additional insured: However,the insurance.afforded to such additional insured: 1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured: b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,-the following additional exclusions apply'. This insurance does not apply to: dd CG 72 08 0215 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc.,with its permission: Page 5 of 14 i 011111111I i 11111 i I III :365301 * n • CO7208Q215 I i 1. "Bodily injury", "property darnage"or"personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or • the failure to render,.any professional architectural;engineering Or surveying services,including:. a. The preparing,;approving, or failing,to prepare or approve; maps,.shop drawings,,opinions, reports, surveys, field orders,change.orders or drawings and specifications; or b. :Supervisory,inspection; architectural or engineering.activities: 6 ( This exclusion applies:even if.the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in�the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that.insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the bodily injury" or"property damage". or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any professional architectural; engineering or surveying.'services. 2. ."Bodily injury''or"property:damage"occurring after. i a. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such worts; on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs)to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s)at the location of the covered operations has been completed;or b. That portion of"your work"out-of which the injury or damage arises"has been put to its intended use by any person Or organization ether than another contractor:de subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. 6. Additional-Insured—Limited Products Completed Operations Coverage a. Any persons) or organization(s), but only with respect to your liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" which may be imputed to that person(s) or organization(s) directly arising out of your worts" performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed 'operations hazard" is an insured. However; (1) The insurance afforded to such additional insureds only applies to the extent permitted by law; (2) if coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement;.the insurance afforded to such additional insured Will net be broader than that which you are required by the•contrect or agreement to provide ter such additional insured. (3) Coverage:will cease five years from the completion of"your work"if: (a) a timeframe-is not stipulated in the written contract or written agreement; or (b) a timeframe luitger than 5 years is stipulated in the written contract.or written agreement. However if a lesser timeframe is stipulated in the written contract or written agreement then that the frame will prevail. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to any additional insured under:this endorsement; the follow€ng. additional.exclusionary language shall apply: This insurance_does not apply to "bodily injury" or"property dams e"-:arisin- out of'ilhe,renderin of, or the, ppY Y jry" 9 9 9 failure to render, any professional architecture;engineering,or surveying services, including; (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps; shop drawings, .opinions, reports, surveys,-field orders, change ordersor drawings and specifications; or (2) 'Supervisory, inspection,:architectural or engineering activities. 7. Additional Insured-Vendors a. Any person(s) or orgar ization(s).(referred to throughout this additional coverage as vendor), iut.anly with respect to "bodily injury" or"property"damage", which may be imputed to that-person,(s),or organization(s) arising out of"your products shown with the Schedule which are:distributed or sold in the regular course of the-vender's business is an insured. However: (1) The insurance afforded to such vendor only applies to the extent permitted by-law;and (2) If coverage provided to the vender is required by a contract or agreement,the insurance afforded to such vendor Will not be broader than that"which you are required by the contract or agreemeni:to provide'for such vendor. CG 72 08 02'15 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office; Inc;,with its permission. Page 6 of'14 CG72080215 b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors,the following additional exclusions apply: (1) This insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or"property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay.danages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the'absence of the contract or agreement (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; i• (c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the.vendor; (d) Repack aging, except When unpacked stile!), for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container. (e) Any failure to make such inspections, :adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of products. (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations,, except such operations performed at the Vendors premises in connection with the sale of the product. (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by ,you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. (h) "Bodily injury" or"property damage"arising out of the sole negligence ofthe vendor far its own acts or omissions or these of its:employees or anyone else acting on its:behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to i. The exceptions contained in Sub-paragraphs d.or f.;or I Such inspections, adjustments,tests or servicing as the vendor has:agreed to make Or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. ' (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organiatibn,from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into; accompanying or containing such products, 8. Additional insured — Lessor of Leased Equipment — Automatic Status When Required in Lease AgreementWith You a. Any persons) or organization(s) from whom you tease equipment when you and such person(s) or organizations) have agreed in writing in.a contract or agreement that such persons) or organizations) be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person(s) or organizations) is an ;insured only with respect.to your liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" directly arising out of the maintenance; operation or use of equipment leased'to you, which may be imputed to such person or organization as the lessor of equipment. However;the insurance afforded to such additional insured: (1) Only applies to the extent permitted by law;and (2) Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract oragreement to provide'for such additional insured, A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their contract or agreement with yo.0 for such leased equipment ends. b, With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence°'which takes place after the equipment lease expires. 9. Additional'Insured—Managers or Lessors of Premises a, Any persons)or organization(s), but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises leased to you and subject to the following;additional exclusions: CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office;Inc.,with its:perinission. Page'7 Of 14 • 111111 Ii II flIt 1 Ili 11II1 llil 1111 Hit III *37°45311* CG 72 08 02 15 11 This insurance does not apply to: • ', (1) Any'occurrence"which takes place,after you cease to be a tenant in that premises, i s (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of the person(s)or organization(s).afforded coverage by this additional coverage. } However: (1) The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by taw;and (2) If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by'a Contract or.agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you:are required by the-contract or Eagreement to provide for such additional insured. 10. Additional Insured-Engineers,Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by.the Named insured 11 a Any architects, engineers or surveyors who are not engaged by you are insureds; but only with respect to liability for"bodily injury' or"property damage"or"personal and advertising injury'"which may be irriputed to that architect,engineer or surveyor arising'Out of: (1) Your acts or omissions;or (2) Your acts Cr omissions of those acting on your behalf in the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you Or on your behalf, But only if such architects,engineers or surveyors,whilenot engaged by you, are contractually required to be added as_an additional insured to your policy. However" the insurance afforded to such additional insured: (1) Only applies to the extent.permitted by law;and (2) Will not be broader than that which'you are required by the contract or agreement to„provide for such additional insured. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" "property damage" or'personal and advertising injury' arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any professional services,:including: (1) The preparing, 'approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, drawings, opinions; reports,surveys, change:orders,designs or specifications;,"or (2) Supervisory, inspection or engineering services. f This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence-or other wrongdoing in the supervision; hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the:"occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or"property:damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering olor the failure,te render any professional services, 11. Additional Insured -State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivision -Permits or Authorizations Any state:or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision is an insured, subject to the following provisions: ,a. This insurance applies only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state Or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization. However.. (1) The insurance afforded'to such additional insured'only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or;agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you.are required.bythe-contract or agreement to provide-for such additional insured.. CG 72 08_d2 15 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office; Ina.,with its permission. Pagel Of 14 i CC.72 08 0215 b. of apply to; (1)is Bodolyn nj ayes,"property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government,state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily injury"or"property damage"included within the"products-completed operations hazard", 12. Additional Insured Consolidated Insurance Program (Wrap-Up) Off-Premises.Operations.Only Owners; Lessees or Contractors a. Any persons or organizations for whom you are performing operations, for which you have elected to seek coverage under a Consolidated Insurance Program when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy it:an insured. Such person or organization Is an additional insured only with respect to your liability which may be imputed te that person or organization directly arising out of your ongoing operations performed for that person or organization at a premises other than any project or location that is designated as.covered under a Consolidated Insurance Program, A person's or organization's status as an insured under this endorsement ends when your operations for that insured are completed. b: With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the Following additional exclusion applies. This insurance does not apply to: ",Bodily injury", "property damage, or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render,any professional architectural, engineering or surveying,services, (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps; shop drawings, opinions, report&. surveys,field orders,change orders or-drawings and;specifications: and (2) Supervisory, inspection 13. Additional Insured-Employee Injury to.Another Employee With respect to your employees"who occupy positions which pre:supervisory in nature: Paragraph 2.a.(1)of SECTION II--WHO IS A NAMED INSURED is amended to read:. a, "Bodily injury"or"personal and advertising injury" (1) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or your members (if you are a limited liability company); (2) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraph(1)(a)above;or (3) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional healthcare services. Paragraph 3.a:'is; deleted. For the purpose of this Item 13 only, a position is deemed to be supervisory in nature if that:person performs principle work which is substantially different from that of his or her subordinates_ and has-authority to hire, direct,discipline or discharge. SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE A. The following Items are deleted and replaced by the following: 2. The!General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Medical expenses.under Coverage:C; b. Damages under Coverage.A, except damages because of"bodily injury' or 'property damage" included.in the"products=completed operations hazard" and c. Damages under Coverage B;and 'd. Damages under Coverage H. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,.wifh its permission. Page 9 of 14 • 380453z3* Illlllllllli Ir HI!HI I III III II I CO 72 08 02 15 3. The Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is-the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard" and Coverage G. 6. Subject to 5.above, the Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit is the most we will pay under,Coverage A for damages because of"property damage"to any one premises, While rented to you, or in the.:ease of damage by fire, explosion, lightning, smoke resulting from such-fire, explosiont or lightning or sprinkler leakage rented 1 to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. I B. The following are added: 8. Subject to Paragraph 5. ;Of SECTION Ill 7 LIMITS OF INSURANCE $25-,000 is the most we will pay under Coverage.H for Water Damage Legal Liability. 9. cloverage G-Produdt Recall Expense Aggregate Limit$50,000 Each Product Recall Limit$25,000 a, The Aggregate Limit shown above is the most we will pay for the sum of all "product recall expense" you incur as a result of all"prodect recalls"you initiate during the enciritsernent period: b. The Each Product Recall Limit shown above,is the most we will pay, Subject to the Aggregate and Stoof:l deduCtible, for "product recall expense' you incur for 'any one "product recall you initiate during the endorsement peried. We will only pay for the amount of Product Recall Expenses which-are in excess of the deductible amount The deductible applies Separately to each Product Recall. The limits of insurance will not he reduced by the amount of this deduelible. We may, or will if required by law, pay all or any part of any deductible.amount, Upon notice of our payment of a deductible you shall promptly reimburSe us for the part of the deduCtible amount we paid. 10. Aggregate Limits of Insurance(Per Location) • The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your "locations" owned by or rented to you or ternporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway,waterway or right-of-way of a raiirded. 11. Aggregate Limits of Insurance(Per Project) The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your projects away from premises:olivned by or rented to you. 12. With respects to the Insutpode afforded'to additional.insureds 'afforded coverage by items 5 through 13 of I SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED aboVe, the Following is added: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurancet Required by the contract or agreement; b. Available under the,applicable.Limits,Of insurance shoWn in the Declarations; Whichever IS less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 13. Subject to 5;of SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANdp, a$5,,00-"occurrende"limit and a $16,000"aggregate" limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damOge".covered under Coverage D-Voluntary Property Damage Coverage. For the purposes ofthis Voluntary Property Damage Coverage, our right and "duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit tor this coverage.. CS 72 08-02 15 Includes copyrighted material of-losutance SerViCes Office, Inc.,With It permission: Page 10 0114 FM I, cs 72 0802 is 1' r 14. Subject to 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, .a $25,900_ "occurrence' limit and a S100;000 - 1116'\ "aggregate limit is the most we will pay under Coverage E-Care, Custody and Control Coverage regardless of the nuniber of: S t, a. Insureds; ,.. b. Claims Made or"suits''brought or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing"suits". I-- Deductible Our obligation to pay damages on your behalf applies only to the amount of damages in excess of $500. .... This deductible applies to all damages because of "property damage" as the result' of any one "occurrence" regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that"oeturrence", We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit"-and, upon ,- notification of the action taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as has , been paid by us. As respects this coverage "Aggregate" is the maximum amount we will pay for all covered "occurrences"during It one Policy period, For the purposes of this Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for this coverage. [ft 16. Subject to 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, the most we will pay for property damage" under t: Coverage F -Electronic Data Liability Coverage for lass of"electronic data" is$50,600 without regard to the ['t, number of occurrences , [ SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS ..f A... The-following conditions are amended: I! 11111b\ 1. Knowledge of Occurrence at. Condition 2., Items a. and b. are deleted and replaced by the following: , - (1) Duties In The Event Of Occurrence,Offense.Claim Or Suit (a) You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an"occurrence" or an offense which -t) may result in a claim. Knowledge of an "occurrence"by your agent, servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured has received r fit such notice from the agent,servant or employee To the extent possible, notice should include: ... [.; i How,when and where the"occurrence"took place; ii. The naines and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses, and iii. The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the"occurrence"or offense (b) If a claim is made or"suit"is brought against any insured, you must: .-- I. Immediately retard the specifics Of 1116 claim or"suit'and the date received; and ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. _ . You must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or'suit" soon:as practicable. Knowledge , .,. of a claim or "suit" by your eigent, servant Or emploype.shall not in itself constitute knowledge Of the named insured unless en officer of the named insured has received such notice tioni-the agent, servant Or employee- 2. Where Broad Form Named Insured is added in SECTION Il — WHO IS AN INSURED of this endertenient, [„.1 COndition4,Other Insurance-b. Excess Insurance(1) (a)is replaced by the following: '..,1 (a) Any of the other insuranCe, whether Primary, excess contingent or on any other basis,that is available to an 11'insured solely by reason Of ownership by You of more than 50 percent of the voting stock, and not 1.:1 'withstanding any other language in any other poliey. This provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. r. it ' rCG-72.-00 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services OffiCe, Inc.,with its permission. Page 11 of 14 tt .,... *3 9045 3 3 1.* I 11111111111 1111111111111 111 Il II CG 72 08 02 10 fl lI B. The following are added: • 1. Condition(5)of 2.c. (5) Upon our request, replace or repair the property covered under Voluntary. Property Damage Coverage at your actual.cost,;excluding profit or overhead. ;1 10. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation We waive any right.of recovery we may have against any person or organization because et paymentswe make for injury or damage arising out of: premises owned or occupied by or rented or loaned to you, ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf, done under a contract with that person or organization, "your work .:or your products". We waive this right where you have_agreed.to do so as part of a mitten"contract, executed by you before:the "bodily injury° Cr"property damage" occurs or the "personal injury" or:"advertising injury";offense is committed: 11, Liberalization If a revision:to.this Coverage Part, which would provide More coverage With no additional premium becomes effective during the policy period in the state designated for the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations, your policy will automatically provide-this additional coverage on the effective date of the revision, 12. Unintentional Failure to Disclose All Hazards Based on our'reliance on your. representations as to existing hazards; if you unintentionally should fail to disclose . all such 'hazards at the inception date .of your policy; we will not deny coverage under this Coverage 'Part because of such"failure. However, this provision does:not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right.of cancellation or non-renewal. {, 13. The`following conditions are added in regard to Coverage G-Product;Recall Expense In event of 4-"Product recap",you must. a. See.to_it that we"are notified as soon as practicable of a "product recall"..To the extent possible; notice should include how, when and wherethe"product recall"took place;and estimated."product recall.expense". ,�. b. Take"all reasonable steps to minimize."product recall expense This will not increase.the limits of insurance. c. If requested, permit us to question-you under oath at such times as may be reasonably required about any matter relating to this insurance or your;claim including your books and records. Your answers must be signed_ i d. Permit us to inspect and obtain other information proving the loss. You must send us a signed, sworn { statement or loss containing the information we request to investigate.the claim. You must do;this.within 80 11 days after ourrequest, e. Cooperate with us in the investigation or"settlement of any claim. p f. Assist us upon our request,in the enforcement of:any,rights against any person or organization which may be liable to you because of loss to which this insurance applies. g. Claims Handling. (1) -Within 15 days after we receive written notice of claim; we will (a) �record of the date.edge receipt of e claim.Method alf we do nd Content of the a k owledgmentP of the claim in writing, we will keep a (b) Begin any investigation of theclaim; and (c) Request-a signed, sworn proof of loss,specify the information you must provide.and.supply you with the necessary formms..We may requestmore information`at a later date, if during"the investigation of the,claim such`additiional information is necessary: (2) We will notify you in writing as to.whether (a) The claim or part of the claim will be paid; (b) The claim or part of the claim has been denied;and inform you of the reasons for-denial; (c).More information is necessary; or (d),We need,additional time to reach a decision. If we need additional time, we will inform you of the reasons for such need. CG 72 08 0215 includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission: page 12'of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 (3) We Will provide notification,as described in(2)(a)through(2)(d)above,within: (111111b‘ (a) 15 business days after we receive the signed, sworn proof of loss and all informatien we requetted; or (b) 30 days after we receive the signed, sworn proof of loss and all information we requested,if we have. reason to believe the loss resulted from arson. If we have notified you that we need additional time to reach a decision, we must then either approve or deny the claim within 45 days of such notice. h. We will pay for covered loss or damage within 5 business days after: (1) We have notified you that payment of the claim or part of the claim will be made and have reached agreement with you on the amount of loss; or (2) An appraisal award has been made. However, if payment of the claim or part of the claim is conditioned on your compliance with any of the terms of this policy, we will make payment within 5 business days after the,date you have complied with such Lena. Catastrophe Claims If a claim results from a weather related catastrophe or a major natural disaster.the claim handling and claim payment deadlines described in a. and b. above are extended for an additional 15 days Catastrophe or Major Natural Disaster means a weather related event which is: (1) Declared a disaster under the Texas Disaster Act of 1976; or (2) Determined to be a catastrophe by the State Board of Insurance. .1, The term "business day", as used in this endorsement, means a day.other than Saturday. Sunday or a holiday recognized by the state of Texas: k. We will issue loss payment to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations and any mortgagee or loss - payee as designated. 14. Limited Railroad Contractual Liability The following conditions are applicable only to coverage afforded by reason of the redefining of an "insured contract' in the DEFINITIONS section of this endorsement: a. Railroad Protective Liability coverage provided by ISO form CG 0035 with minimum limits of$2,000,000,per occurrence and a$6,000,000 general aggregate limit must be in place for the entire duration of any project. b, Any amendment to the Other Insurance condition of form CG 0035 alters the primacy of the coverage or which impairs our right to contribution will rescind any coverage afforded by the redefined "insured contract' language. c. For the purposes of the Other Insurance condition of form CG 0035 you, the named insured, will be deemed to be the designated contractor, SECTION V — DEFINITIONS A. •At item 12. Mobile Equipinentthe wording at f.(1)is deleted and replaced by the following: f.(1)Equipment designed primarily for: (a) Snow removal; (b) Road maintenance, but net construction or resurfacing: or (c) Street cleaning; except for such vehicles that have a gross vehicle weight less than 1,000 lbs which are not designed for highway use. B. Item 3."bodily injury"is deleted and replaced with the following: "Sedily injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, Mental injury,shock,fright or death that results from such physical injury,sickness:or disease, C. Item 9. "Insured Contract"c, is deleted and replaced with the following; c. Any easement or license agreement; D. Item 9."Insured Contract"f.(1)is deleted E. The following definitions are added for this endorsement only: 23. "Electronic data"means infOrmation, facts or programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to'or from computer software, including systems and applications software, hard or floppy disks CD-ROMS,,tape drives cells data processing devices or any other media which are used with electronically controlled equipment. CG 72 08 0215 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its perrnisSion. Page 13 Of 14 III*40045341* II 1111111 MI1111111111 till : CG 72 08 02 15 24,"Product recall"means a withdrawal or removal from the market of'your product' based on the determination by you or any regulatory or governmental age*that: a: The use or consumption of "your product" has caused or will Cause actual or alleged "bodily injury" or "property damage"; and b Such determination requires you to recover possession or control of "your produar from any diStributor, purchaser or user, to repair-or replace 'your Produce, but only if 'your product is. unfit for use or consumption,or iShazardous•as a result of (1) An error or Omission by an insured in the design, manufacturing processing, labeling, storage, or transportation of"Your product";or (2) Actual or alleged intentional, malicious or wrongful alteration or contamination of "your product" by someone other than You. 25. "Product recall expense"means reasonable and necessary expenses for a. TelephOne, radio and television communication and printed advertisements, including stationery, envelopes and postage; b. Transporting recalled products from any purchaser,distributor or user to locations designated by you. C. Remuneration paid to your employees for Overtime, as well as remuneration paid to additional employees or independent contractors you hire; d. Transportation and accommodation expense incurred by your employees e. Rental expense incurred for temporary locations used to store recalled prdducts. f. Expense Incurred to properly dispose of recalled products. including packaging that.cannot be reUsed. g. Transportation expenses incurred to replace recalledproducts. h. Repairing, redistributing or replacing covered recalled products with like products or substitutes; not to exceed your original cost of manufacturing, processing;acquisition and/or distribution, These expenses must be incurred as a result Of a"product recall".. (1111.6\ 1 CG 72 08 02 15 Inch:ides copyrighted material of Insurance$erviCes Office, Inc.,withlts perrniSsion: Page 14 of 14 • • Texa,smutuar Insurance Company WORKERS'COMPENSATION AND WC 42 06 01 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured Copy TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A.of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule.The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. • Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2. Notice will be mailed to: CITY OF PEARLAND 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE PEARLAND TX 77581 • This endorsement changes the policy to which It is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following"attaching clause"need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement,effective on 06/21/2016 at 12:01 a.m.standard time,forms a part of: Policy No.0001308236 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 06/21/2016 Endorsement No. 0001 Issued to: C3 CONSTRUCTORS LLC /14,44,,,e r Premium: $0.00 Authorized Representative NCCI Carrier Code:29939 06/20/2016 PO Box 12058,Austin,TX 78711-2058 • 1 of 1 (800)859-5995 I Fax(800)359-0650 I texasmutual.com WC 42 06 01 • TeXasMutuar Insurance Company WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 04 B EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured Copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM.OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A.of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ( X ) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organization(s)arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: SEE ENDORSEMENT WC 99 03 01, GENERAL CHANGE FORM. • This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following"attaching clause"need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement,effective on 06/21/2016 at 12:01 a.m.standard time,forms a part of: Policy No.0001308236 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 06/21/2016 Endorsement No. 0002 Issued to: C3 CONSTRUCTORS LLC 77/J Premium: $17.00 Authorized Representative NCCI Carrier Code:29939 06/20/2016 PO Box 12058,Austin,TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 (800)859-5995 I Fax(800)359-0650 I texasmutual.com WC 42 03 04 B CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: Mark Whalstrom, telephone: 281. 652. 1778 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: Ardurra Group telephone: 713-385-5601 The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: Ardurra Group telephone: 713-385-5601 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year,proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Not Required to 2-24-12 00800-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. • END OF SECTION 2-24-12 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 0081.1-3. etc.) 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 City of Pearland WAGE SCALE FOR John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION General Decision Number: TX160044 03/18/2016 TX44 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150044 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. (1.1111 Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/08/2016 1 03/18/2016 * SFTX0669-001 01/01/2016 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 27.43 22 .52 SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005 Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14.38 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER $ 11.37 1.13 ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1.69 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00 (11111 00811-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland WAGE SCALE FOR John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9.63 1.50 PIPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00 Bulldozer $ 12.46 0.00 Crane $ 11.00 0.74 Excavator $ 16.74 0.00 Front End Loader $ 10.47 1.28 Grader $ 12.20 1.48 Tractor $ 11.29 1.45 TRUCK DRIVER $ 14.42 1.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii) ) . The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local) , a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate) . Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number \ where applicable, i.e. , Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing 00811-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland WAGE SCALE FOR John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION (111111h\ the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. r6' Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1. ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination 00811-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland WAGE SCALE FOR John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION (1111m * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 . ) and 3. ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. ) If the answer to the question in 1. ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc. ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3 . ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION (111111 00811-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ADDENDUM NO. 1 111.61 SECTION 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: May 27, 2016 PROJECT: Reflection Bay Water Reclamation Facility Expansion Project PROPOSAL#:0516-37 91146 .��p,ssOFTEi411 S i ;' I. �I BID DATE: May 31, 2016, 2:00 PM *' %� '*+i JEFFREY S. PETERS j FROM: Jeffrey S. Peters, P.E., BCEE "-a 86347 ,4 Principal ��o�;•.,l i� ��".,• Ardurra Group '` f44�rr TBPE Firm Registration No. 17009 2032 Buffalo Terrace Houston, TX 77019 To: Prospective Offerors and Interested Parties 11111 This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. PRE PROPOSAL MEETING SIGN IN SHEET—Sign in Sheets Attached. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: NONE SPECIFICATIONS: NONE 00900-1 5/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ADDENDUM NO. 1 C CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: 1. Drawing Sheet M-1 (Headworks Modifications Plan). Remove Drawing Sheet M-1 in its entirety and replace with revised Sheet M-1. Edits include screening and correcting existing blind flanges. GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Question: Do the bar screen isolation slide gates work so that the channels can be taken offline to accomplish require work? Response: Yes, the existing bar screen isolation slide gates work. 2. Question: Do the existing bar screen channels have drains? Response: Yes, they all have working drains. 3. Question: How long can the existing screenings system be out of service in order to install the new conveyor? Response: One week during a period of little to no predicted rain,provided manual screenings access is maintained from either the manual screen to the existing screenings chute and/or access from the existing automatic screen to the existing screenings chute. 4. Question: What do the bold lines mean referring to the existing blind flange? Response: The bold lines were typographical mistakes and should be screened to indicate existing blind flanges. No work is planned to occur to these existing blind flanges. A revised drawing addressing this issue has been issued with this Addendum. 5. Question: Who's conveyor is specified? Response: The conveyor shall be provided by the same manufacturer proposing on the bar screen for an integrated and complete unit. 6. Question: Regarding the bid submission can you please clarify if the bid can only be submitted through the e-bid system or if it can be completed and turned in at the City Hall Offices. I know the last two that we have submitted the bidder was allowed to submit either way? Response: Yes,we can take a paper bid,but we prefer electronic submittals. C 00900-2 5/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ADDENDUM NO. 1 7. For Insurance purposes please-advise if the Project site fall within the 100 year Flood Plain or what Zone the area is on the FEMA Map. Response: According to the most recent FEMA FIRM map, the plant site is located in Zone X, and works are is not located within the 100 year Flood Plain. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Jeffrey S. Peters, P.E. Principal (1.111 \ • 00900-3 5/27/16 1 1 1 John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition Bid#0516-37 Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet 3:00 p.m.5/24/16 (Please Print) Company Name Address Company Representative ; Signature Email Address Telephone Number tgs3. ;k!'rn®or& U AP-A-1e-v_s U® 14‘.1....ra Ex-ar•a.t.•Low% ,- 1V k f r rv,L..0..+c--A- i StL ttot ,-3a1.0 L t3_Lhe t- I t i t 41!)'((71 . JI_ __, te'Aebt) . 142 m.),Jertry-bia. .rey.)-4A- 7g- 7ag- 'F .?, e -A .$4, -6,-- '3G44 c s Ik; s�' ,� p� ,n 1C- -...k. Vl� ssi,J y� ��'P C a c s�r o•,ti• G, .... 7 75 Y.,v 1%1 4 1- ",. I 5-'1 2 �aj 2. Sr i i) Z3p-) Me.,11u197 _—. 41' CO-Ir.iGT �� -713 - _ `7-7, i/ CS,.CJo,,..+s7,0_T,-�'.cow G:86.6E:? .g 2 c i ( S--gLrcik, ( 2 I Esc C 15 c„)�Api / f / 5 sT-i vfrt AT-10 6. ci 3CQ 22� F.Q. L,3 iL< 2 Ca to I TOY Clc'P gd iiitl y C101224 --reicmxoaes g't 7fr.. .t.447- J 6/)550-7tb? J-7/2 Cg419)IrvC/06' HD (7 4. &ttie!ANi) Ivatc-t--N tei&Li.o (013 � -p 1 w,.;,- r 1 �« W tfy© -- . NAix (tit vv., G$aw►an1c) 6-i Ile/ANi>sotto•(4 2-81-0+ — ai-4740ir kl. itif )'-' --- le-fe:— SW( (c-UoyA z, —MM. 4--e-y0+c—T4P(-vtfc- e17419/-503-(c;e.3)... Aloc/.7 X 770rf 4 Z/7/q-19 -------- 4. 1.9,_ d�'o Aver r3/L -I� - /`=� , e Hs - � pea ,poi ge// r s l-,/, r- G�%�� r r$7�iq ro,na/AJila,,(dm? John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility Bar Screen Addition _ Bid#0516-37 Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet 3:00 p.m. 5/24/16 I (Please Print) I Company Name I Address I_ Company Representative Signature Email Address _ Telephone Number cep , 1,f/t4;k OaA 4 rc/AN-) 0911 14 ,4Pti1a rii w&-743' - — G/g rf.Glriq,�ot 11581 3-tA_'i g_ GI et-(-1,--"^-bre. ===‘ -.0Le--De-'-'"--0-`-42-- Aziwd) .v f(duc6,. 1r 77011I a-kc5 P cs, r“:- ( rt'',." 7r3_3oS_STao( 12C1--1Gc2- /7r7 G Of . 8r;/.k(eel iqkleygroitaikattyl 10,/ y I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I fi I.CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH OUSTING CONVEYOR TO FACBITATE INSTALLATION OF NEW SCREW CONVEYOR. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SIZEPNO LOCATION OPNPW CONNECTION WITH SCREEN GAO SCREW CONVEYOR A V E _ MANUFACTURER AND TRANSITION TO SIZE AS REQUIRED.PIPING S JZ,J. SHALL BE ROUTED BELOW PLATFORM AS MUCHAS POSSIBLE -- — D 1. � i ' 4, I 3 CONTRACTOR LLVEERIFYLOOGDONOFLEVELINSTRUMENTS NEME a o i i 4. COVERS CONTRACTOR MOONY FRPONANNEL COVE AS NECESSARY ySr ., pi.. i TO PROVIOS AS TIGHT A SEAL AS POSSIBLE BETWEEN PRP COVERS N j AND NEW STEP SCREEN. g Ni GA 3,44 S.SCREW CONVEYOR SHALL HAVE REMOVABLECOVERATTHE MANUAL i t Qi LI n -EAR SCREEN SIMILAR TO EXIST NO CONVEYOR. r" i O.MODIFY OR REPLACE SCREENING DISCHARGE CHUTEASNECESSARY 1 b AIL — 1,f _—.-- TO ROUTE SCREENINGS TO NEW SCREW CONVEYOR. v T p:, __-1..\1 S Y4tm tNAI 'I�{ 6C H 0 t NEW LEVEL NSTRUMENT— S /- (SEE NOTE]) — �1_ '... �_ .�t :._ —.' '_:. !' _'_ _.; ---'--.... x. lin 1 f�/ r5a�aa�ssLva.;-., pp _i ''"1 ,d�[ y __ <;:K' '�. _ �. __ g R 4r, NEW STEP SCREEN�� H -.. ice' ..-._—, `pY f i�`� I ..I..{T 9 @ 3R D ... CONTROL PANEL ... D .' U :0 R x5 F/ k.i 1.. 1 ....1`i i.. 1-11 Q -.-•— _.— _. _ I - _ y CI 1 ' NEW STEP SCREEN j 1 1 . A E i I ISEE N 1 M1 q OTE6 il RAND SCREW LOfrvEYOflREEN :'i\ ...1 11\j — Y4: ; /'" {' 1 ^ l . , ! LI CL SCREW CONVEYOR ��_ ,{' TO3E45ETERMWED SY F411 _ ,' 1 -- PI -'-'-ROt1TENEW CONVEYOR j y MANUFACTURER _ _,,;, �y ,�q DISCHARGE TO EXISTING 16. C 1 . SR DROP PIPE�ROUGHB AB TO 2 L i : WASHER COMPACTOR O J -L- ISEE NOTES) E. B NEW SCREW CONVEYOR ___ bbb _ L .11.1.00P.�J t 1 H . i4 r i ! h. L Bpi _.. ..._._. i g p Q ..I �t < a , :u;.tM.rs` .t saerdu4 t CB w 3 1 , �,,__ _— t z �; w a _ -iii PY 1k h.rN ... f PA F TO Z yC f I i 1 H Sn D<.,•• .:e I f,rr7I.; t Q LT. • i A ce d: • -_ t6 3 5 4: TOP PLAN {•/ *\ - IN`.IO p.•....T.............-t. SHEET °S EETREBBS. c¢s IDENTIFICATION litt. s l p • a 1 I 2 I a I 4 I 5 �C u CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 04/2008 "las 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SUMMARY OF WORK SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01100S SUMMARY OF WORK The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01100. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification, the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.05B and REPLACE with the following: "B. Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer&Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350 Submittals." 2. DELETE Paragraph 1.05C and REPLACE with the following: "C. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01310 Coordination and Meetings." END OF SUPPLEMENT (111116\ 01100S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SUMMARY OF WORK 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK T) 01100S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of2 (111111 Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract,work by Owner,Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS • A Work of the Contract is for the construction of the Bar Screen Addition Project at the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility,located at 5900 Magnolia Street,Pearland, TX 77584. The project consists of the removal and disposal of the existing screening conveyor and installation of a new mechanical fine screen,new screenings conveyor, all associated appurtenances and the required electrical and instrumentaton work to provide a fully functioning headworks as described in the Bid Documents. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A None. 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A None. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Perform work in accordance with Section 01311 Schedule and Sequence of Construction and adhere to the contract time requirements defined in the Agreement. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer&Owner for approval as specified in Section 01300—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A None. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of2 B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -NotUsed END OF SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of 2 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES SECTION 01110 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials and equipment and perform all work required for the prevention of environmental pollution in conformance with applicable laws and regulations, during and as the result of construction operations under this Contract. For the purpose of this Section, environmental pollution is defined as the presence of chemical,physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; affect other species of importance to man; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic and/or recreational purposes. B. The control of environmental pollution requires consideration of air,water and land, and involves management of noise and solid waste,as well as other pollutants. C. Schedule and conduct all work in a manner that will minimize the erosion of soils in the area of the work. Provide erosion control measures such as diversion channels, sedimentation or filtration systems,berms, staked hay bales, seeding,mulching or other special surface treatments as are required to prevent silting and muddying of streams,rivers, impoundments, lakes, etc. All erosion control measures shall be in place in an area prior to any construction activity in that(111111\1 D. This Section is intended to ensure that construction is achieved with a minimum of disturbance to the existing ecological balance between a water resource and its surroundings. These are general guidelines. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the specific construction techniques to meet these guidelines. E. All phases of sedimentation and erosion control shall comply with and be subject to the approval of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) F. In the event of conflicts with this specification,TCEQ and/or Specification 01565 TPDES requirements control. 1.02 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid. 1.03 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS A. Comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations concerning environmental pollution control and abatement. 1.04 NOTIFICATIONS A. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any non-compliance with the foregoing provisions or of any environmentally objectionable acts and corrective action to be taken. State or local agencies responsible for verification of certain aspects of the environmental protection 01110-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES requirements shall notify the Contractor in writing,through the Engineer, of any non- compliance with State or local requirements. After receipt of such notice from the Engineer or from the regulatory agency through the Engineer, immediately take corrective action. Such notice,when delivered to the Contractor or his authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Owner may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken.No part of the time lost due to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor unless it is later determined that the Contractor was in compliance. 1.05 IMPLEMENTATION A. Prior to commencement of the work,meet with the Owner to develop mutual understandings relative to compliance with these provisions and administration of the environmental pollution control program. B. Remove temporary environmental control features,when approved by the Engineer and incorporate permanent control features into the project at the earliest practicable time. 1.06 PROTECTION OF THE WATERWAYS A. Contractor shall observe the rules and regulations of the State of Texas and agencies of the U.S. Government prohibiting the pollution of any lake, stream,river, or wetland by the dumping of any refuse,rubbish, dredge material, or debris therein. B. Contractors are specifically cautioned that disposal of materials into any waters of the State must conform with the requirements of the TCEQ, and an applicable permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. C. Contractor shall be responsible for providing holding ponds or an approved method which will handle, carry through, or divert around his work all flows, including storm flows and flows created by construction activity, so as to prevent silting of waterways or flooding damage to the property or adjacent properties. D. Contractor is responsible for researching the need for a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)permit for the construction site. If one is required, Contractor is responsible for obtaining the permit and for monitoring the site per the permit requirements until final completion. 1.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION AND OTHER WASTE MATERIALS A. Excess excavated material not required or suitable for backfill and other waste material must be disposed of at sites approved by Owner or hauled off site. B. Unacceptable disposal sites,include,but are not limited to, sites within a wetland or critical habitat and sites where disposal will have a detrimental effect on surface water or groundwater quality. C. Contractor may make his own arrangements for disposal subject to submission of proof to the Owner's Representative that Owner(s) of the proposed site(s)has a valid fill permit issued by 01110-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES the appropriate governmental agency and submission of a haul route plan including a map of the proposed route(s). D. Contractor shall provide watertight conveyance of any liquid, semi-liquid, or saturated solids which tend to bleed or leak during transport. No liquid loss from transported materials will be permitted whether being delivered to the construction site or being hauled away for disposal. Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be specifically acceptable at the selected disposal site. 1.08 USE OF CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide,pesticide, disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification, must show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S.Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Any oil or other hydrocarbon spilled or dumped on Owner's Site during construction must be excavated and completely removed from the site prior to final acceptance. Soil contaminated by Contractor's operations shall become the property of Contractor,who will bear all costs of testing and disposal. C. Before Contractor commences work,the following steps shall be completed. 1. Owner will provide a copy of the Chemical List giving the hazardous chemicals to which Contractor,his employees and agents may be exposed to on the project site upon the Contractor's request. - 2. Owner will provide copies of all MSDSs to Contractor for the hazardous chemicals which he may be exposed to on the project site upon the Contractor's request. 3. Contractor shall provide MSDSs for all hazardous chemicals he may bring onto the project site that Owner's employees may be exposed to. 4. Contractor shall sign a Contractor Acknowledgement certifying that he has received the information provided by the Owner on hazardous chemicals and maintain the Acknowledgement with the original Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND SURFACE WATERS A. Take all precautions to prevent, or reduce to a minimum, any damage to any stream or surface water from pollution by debris, sediment or other material, or from the manipulation of equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or processing,that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the quality of the water in the stream, shall not be directly returned to the stream.Divert such waters through a settling basin or filter before being directed into streams or surface waters. 01110-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES B. Contractor shall not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or intermittent stream, channel,wetlands, surface water or any storm sewer. Water from dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration, settling basins,or other approved method to reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water. C. All preventative measures shall be taken to avoid spillage of petroleum products and other pollutants. In the event of any spillage,prompt remedial action shall be taken in accordance with a contingency action plan approved by the TCEQ. Contractor shall submit two copies of approved contingency plans to the Owner's Representative. D. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection,with a chlorine residue of 2 mg/1 or greater,shall be treated with a dechlorination solution, in a method approved by the Owner's Representative,prior to discharge. 3.02 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES A. Restore land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work to a condition, after completion of construction that will appear to be natural and not detract from the appearance of the project. Confine all construction activities to areas shown on the Drawings. B. Outside of areas requiring earthwork for the construction of the new facilities, do not deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs,nor remove or cut them without prior approval.No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Engineer. Where such special emergency use is permitted, first wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which softwood cleats shall be tied before any rope, cable, or wire is placed. The Contractor shall in any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use. C. Before beginning operations near them,protect trees that may possibly be defaced,bruised, injured, or otherwise damaged by the construction equipment, dumping or other operations,by placing boards,planks, or poles around them.Monuments and markers shall be protected similarly. D. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition.The Engineer will decide the method of restoration to be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed of. 1. All scars made on trees by equipment, construction operations, or by the removal of limbs larger than 1-in in diameter shall be coated as soon as possible with an approved tree wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced workmen with saws or pruning shears.Tree trimming with axes will not be permitted. 2. Climbing ropes shall be used where necessary for safety. Trees that are to remain, either within or outside established clearing limits,that are subsequently damaged by the Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Engineer, shall be immediately removed and replaced. it 01110-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES E. The locations of the Contractor's storage and other construction buildings required temporarily in the performance of the work, shall be cleared portions of the job site or areas to be cleared as shown on the Drawings and approved by the Engineer and shall not be within wetlands or floodplains. The preservation of the landscape shall be an imperative consideration in the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings showing storage facilities shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer. F. If Contractor proposes to construct temporary roads or embankments and excavations for plant and/or work areas,he/she shall submit the following for approval at least ten days prior to scheduled start of such temporary work. 1. A layout of all temporary roads, excavations and embankments to be constructed within the work area. 2. Details of temporary road construction. 3. Drawings and cross sections of proposed embankments and their foundations, including a description of proposed materials. 4. A landscaping drawing showing the proposed restoration of the area. Removal of any trees and shrubs outside the limits of existing clearing area shall be indicated. The drawing shall also indicate location of required guard posts or barriers required to control vehicular G. Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities ,stockpiles of excess of waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. H. All debris and excess material will be disposed of outside wetland or floodplain areas in an environmentally sound manner. 3.03 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Burning-The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted. B. Dust Control: Contractor will be required to maintain all excavations, embankment, stockpiles, access roads,plant sites,waste areas,borrow areas, and all other work areas within or without the project boundaries free from dust which could cause the standards for air pollution to be exceeded,and which would cause a hazard or nuisance to others. All unpaved streets,roads,detours, or haul roads used in the construction area shall be given an approved dust-preventive treatment or periodically watered to prevent dust. The use of petroleum products is prohibited. The use of chlorides may be used with the approval of the engineer. Applicable environmental regulations for dust prevention shall be strictly enforced. C. An approved method of stabilization consisting of sprinkling or other similar methods will be permitted to control dust. The use of petroleum products is prohibited. The use of chlorides may be permitted with approval from the Owner's Representative. D. Sprinkling,to be approved,must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts of the disturbed area at least damp at all times, and Contractor must have sufficient suitable equipment on the job to accomplish this if sprinkling is used. Dust control shall be performed as the work 01110-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROCEDURES proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs, as determined by the Owner's Representative. 3.04 NOISE CONTROL A. Make every effort to minimize noises caused by the construction operations. Equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers designed to operate with the least possible noise in compliance with Federal and State regulations. 3.05 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain all facilities constructed for pollution control as long as the operations creating the particular pollutant are being carried out or until the material concerned has become stabilized to the extent that pollution is no longer being created. END OF SECTION T) 01110-6 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 rN, CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting &Patching 3 Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb &Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, &Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting &Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required,for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers, signs,and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01140-4 of 4 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 01170 SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignment of all equipment with particular reference to the pumps and electric drives. The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights after their sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. After the foundation alignments have been approved by the Engineer,the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place.The alignment of equipment shall be further checked after securing to the foundations, and after conformation of all alignments,the sole plates shall be finally grouted in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated piping and under no circumstances,will "pipe springing" be allowed. B. All wedges, shims, filling pieces,keys,packing, grout, or other materials necessary to properly align, level and secure apparatus in place shall be furnished by the Contractor. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven exactly so. Perform all grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after erection. 1.02 GREASE, OIL AND FUEL A. All grease, oil and fuel required for testing of equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. The Owner shall be furnished with a year's supply of required lubricants including grease and oil of the type recommended by the manufacturer with each item of equipment supplied under Division 11. 1.03 TOOLS A. Any special tools(including grease guns or other lubricating devices)which may be necessary for the adjustment, operation and maintenance of any equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. B. Tools shall be furnished in heavy steel tool boxes complete with lock and duplicate keys. 1.04 POWER SUPPLY A. Unless otherwise specified, all motors 1/2 Hp and larger shall be designed for a power supply of 460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz, and all motors 1/3 Hp and smaller shall be designed for a power supply of 120 Volts, single phase, 60 Hz. 1.05 NOISE LIMITATIONS A. All equipment to be furnished under this Contract,unless specified otherwise in the technical specifications, shall be designed to ensure that the sound pressure level does not exceed 85 decibels over a frequency range of 37.8 to 9600 cycles per second at a distance of 3-ft from any portion of the equipment,under any load condition,when tested using standard equipment and methods.Noise levels shall include the noise from the motor. Mufflers or external baffles shall 01170-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SPECIAL PROVISIONS not be acceptable for the purpose of reducing noise. Data on noise levels shall be included with the shop drawing submittal. 1.06 SPARE PARTS A. Where spare parts are specified in the technical sections, furnish all spare parts recommended by the manufacturer or system supplier for one year of service. In addition, furnish all spare parts itemized in each Section. B. Collect and store all spare parts in an area to be designated by the Engineer. Furnish the Engineer with an inventory listing all spare parts, the equipment they are associated with,the name and address of the supplier and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivery cost. C. Spare parts shall be packed in cartons,properly labeled with indelible markings with complete descriptive information including manufacturer,part number,part name and equipment for which the part is to be used and shall be properly treated for one year of storage. 1.07 WEATHER PROTECTION A. In the event of inclement weather,the Contractor[and subcontractors] shall protect the Work and materials from damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any portion of the Work or materials has been damaged by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor[or subcontractors] to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced with new materials and Work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 01170-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 —Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals;and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the �} Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION C C 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ,„ City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES (1111111b.' SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01290S CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01290. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.04D.3. and REPLACE with the following paragraph: "3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7.06"Extra Work"." 2. DELETE Paragraph 1.05A and REPLACE with the following: "A. Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 "Change(4111116'‘' 3. DELETE Paragraph 1.05B and REPLACE with the following: "B. The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700— General Conditions of Agreement, 7.05 "Minor Changes",by issuing supplemental instructions." 4. ADD Paragraph 1.13A. as follows: "A. Contractor shall utilize City of Pearland's Protrak system for construction tracking of Requests for Information(RFI),Requests for Proposal(RFP), and Change Orders. RFIs should precede Change Orders or Requests for Proposal for proper construction tracking." END OF SUPPLEMENT 01290S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01290S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References: (1111k\ 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300-Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE (11"/"\. A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid (.11bN Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Discussion of formats.proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. /-4) D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar.Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION SECTION 01311 SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING GENERAL PROVISIONS A. No work shall be done between 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. Monday through Friday nor on Saturdays or Sundays between 7:00PM and 9:00am or legal holidays without the written permission of the Owner. All legal holidays and Saturday and Sunday work require written permission of the Owner. However, emergency work may be done without prior permission. B. If night work is required,the Contractor should coordinate with the Owner forpermission. Such permission,however,may be revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails to maintain adequate lighting equipment, and supervision for the proper prosecution and control of the work at night, or if the off-site effects of night construction are deemed by the Owner to be unacceptable. C. Due to the potential health hazards,and requirements of the State of Texas and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, wastewater treatment facilities must be maintained in operation throughout the construction period. It is required that the degree of treatment during construction be equal to or exceed the efficiency required by the Plant's discharge permits. D. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing all temporary piping,plumbing, electrical hook-ups,heating,ventilating, air conditioning, lighting,temporary structures,and such other items required to maintain the wastewater treatment operations. All details of temporary piping and temporary construction are not indicated in the plans or these Specifications.However,this does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to ensure the construction will not interrupt wastewater treatment in compliance with the permit. E. When access through construction areas must be disrupted,provide alternate acceptable access for the plant operators. F. Coordinate the activities in the common areas with the plant operators. Submit to the Engineer a description and schedule as to how the common areas will be utilized,recognizing the required coordination with the plant operators. G. Where water is required in large quantity for preoperational testing or other use,plant process water may be used,upon coordination with Owner. If the plant water(washdown hydrants,etc.)is not sufficient to be used for testing the water retaining structures, it is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the acquisition of water. H. During Start-Up Testing, the Contractor shall make available the manpower, equipment and manufacturer's representatives required to make any necessary adjustments andtraining. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid. 01311-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION 1.03 PROGRESS OF THE WORK A. The Work shall be started within 15 days following the effective date of the Agreement,the work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent any delay to the general completion of the project. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such personnel,materials, and equipment to assure completion of the work in the time established by the Agreement. B. If the Contractor for his convenience and at his own expense, should desire to carry on his work at night or outside regular hours,he shall submit written notice to the Engineer and he shall allow ample time for satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting the work in progress. The Contractor shall pay the expenses for extra inspection required for work outside regular hours at the current hourly rates at the time of construction.The Contractor shall light the different parts of the project as required to comply with all applicable Federal and State regulations. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall,within ten(10) days after the effective date of the Agreement,provide and submit to the Engineer for approval,the Schedule for the first 60 days of activities. Within 45 days after the effective date of the Agreement the Contractor shall provide and submit to the Engineer the schedule he plans to maintain in order to successfully construct the entire project within the time allotted.The completed schedule shall be approved before additional monthly payments are made. This Schedule shall include a Critical Path Network and a computer generated printout. The Schedule shall account for all the work of the Contractor and his Subcontractors and suppliers. In addition to all reasonably important construction activities,the Schedule shall provide for the proper sequence of construction, the various key milestones and various crafts,purchasing time, submittal approval, material delivery, equipment fabrication, and similar time consuming factors. B. The Schedule shall include as a minimum, the earliest starting and finish dates, and latest starting and finish dates, and the total float for each task or item. The Contractor shall update(monitor) and rerun the schedule at least monthly and shall submit to the Engineer both the network and computer print-out,both in duplicate, at the same time the pay estimate is prepared. The schedule shall contain all of the items of the Periodic Estimate and Pay Schedule. While the Contractor bears full responsibility for scheduling the Work to ensure its successful prosecution and completion within the time specified in accordance with all provisions of these Specifications,the Contractor is specifically required to complete fully or complete such stages of work to enable his Subcontractors and suppliers to complete their work within the respective time specified. C. The monthly schedule update(monitoring) shall include the following items: 1. Network a. Activities that are completed or in process are to be identified on the Network by contrasting heavy lines, colors, fill patterns, etc. Each activity worked on should be proportional to the percentage of progress achieved to date, as shown in the Periodic Estimate and Pay Schedule. b. Restraints imposed by material deliveries, precedent activity durations or schedule adjustments, are to be appropriately represented on the monthly update of the Network. 2. Computer Print-out a. The percentage progress status of each activity shall be shown on the computer print- out. The percentage progress status will be used to support the Contractor's periodic 01311-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION (1111111.\ pay estimate. b. Actual start and completion dates are to be included in the computer printout. c. All activities started and in progress should be flagged in the computerprintout. D. Supplemental to the Critical Path Schedule, the Contractor shall provide a detailed work schedule, projected at least one month in advance. The implementation of the work schedule and the coordination required will constitute the basic agenda of the coordination and planning meetings. E. If the Engineer determines that operations are falling behind schedule at any time during the construction period,the Owner may require the Contractor to add to his plant, equipment and/or construction forces, including increases in working hours, in such quantities as are required to bring operations back on schedule.Upon receipt of written communication from the Owner requiring such addition, the Contractor shall furnish same at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. In addition to requirements outlined in section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement,for Contractor to be substantially complete with the Work and call for inspection by City Engineer to confirm,the following minimum conditions must be met or completed: 1. All equipment installed,tested, and functional in all modes of operation as defined in Divisions 11 and 13 and manufacturer certificates of installation have been provided where required. 2. All programming, control narratives and system startup procedures and equipment interaction fully demonstrated. 3. Final O&M manuals have been delivered to the Owner in hard copy and electronic format. Electronic manuals shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. 4. Completion of requirements outlined in Specification Section 01465 "Equipment Testing and Startup". 5. Completion of installations of all required safety structures and equipment,including,but not limited to, guard rails,warning signs,pipe and equipment painting, labeling, and tagging.All safety related systems and equipment shall be installed,accepted by manufacturer's representative and approved for use. 6. All training completed using Draft O&M Manuals. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. All work to be done under this Contract shall be done with minimum inconvenience to the existing wastewater treatment facilities. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the City such that the facilities are maintained to the maximum extent possible. B. Construct Work in stages to accommodate the City's use of the premises during the construction period; coordinate the Construction schedule and operations with the City's Representative and in accordance with Section 00300—Bid Proposal. 01311-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION 1.07 CONSTRUCTION AREAS A. Contractor shall limit his use of the construction areas for Work and for storage,to allow for: 1. Work by other contractors, if any. 2. City use. 3. This section and other sections of these specifications,for existing construction operations and coordination of the work. B. Coordinate use of work site under direction of Engineer. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of Products under this Contract, stored on the site. D. Move any stored Products under Contractor's control which interfere with operations of the City or separate contractor. E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. F. Construction Operations on Plant Property. 1. The Contractor shall conduct his plant access, hauling,parking and storage operations as specified and within the construction site plans for the John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility. Any staging/storage areas are tentative and subject to change until Contractor issued a Notice to Proceed. 1.08 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS A. The Work specified herein and any other Contract Work required by the City's Representative which may interrupt the normal Plant operations shall be accomplished at such times that will be convenient to the City. The Contractor shall plan to work overtime, including nights, Sundays and holidays, if needed to complete construction of the various project improvements and shall make no claims for extra compensation required to conform to these requirements. The Contractor shall notify the City's Representative in writing and coordinate with the Engineer and City's Plant personnel at least 14 calendar days prior to any planned work associated with tying into existing facilities and piping or for any shutdown of the Plant or portions of the Plant. B. The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all necessary temporary facilities for access to, and for protection of,all existing structures. The treatment plant personnel must have ready access at all times to the existing structures. The Contractor is responsible for all damage to existing structures, equipment, and facilities caused by his construction operations, and must repair all such damage when and as ordered by the Engineer. C. The John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility is an operational wastewater treatment plant that must remain in service throughout construction and must comply at all times with all applicable state and federal regulations including the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Rules and Regulations. The City reserves the right to halt construction and/or require the Contractor to place existing facilities back in service if necessary to maintain compliance with 01311-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION regulations. Contractor shall strictly adhere to the scheduling constraints and requirements specified herein to facilitate Plant operation and compliance. D. All existing Plant operations shall be performed by John Hargrove Water Reclamation Facility personnel, coordinated through the City's Representative by the Contractor. 1.09 CITY OCCUPANCY A. City shall have full and continuous access to and use of all existing utilities during the entire period of construction for the conduct of his normal operations. Cooperate with City's Representative in all construction operations to minimize conflict, and to facilitate City usage. B. Contractor shall at all times conduct his operations as to ensure the least inconvenience to the general public and plant operating/maintenance personnel. 1.10 PARTIAL CITY OCCUPANCY A. The Contractor shall schedule his operations for completion of portions of the Work, as designated, for the City's occupancy prior to Pre-Final Inspection of the entire work. PART 2 PRODUCTS—NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION—NOT USED END OF SECTION 01311-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland SCHEDULE AND John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ^� J 01311-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SUBMITTALS SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01350S SUBMITTALS The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01350. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. ADD the following Paragraph 1.06D: "D. Specification Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data provides detailed submittal requirements for operation and maintenance data." END OF SUPPLEMENT 01350S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SUBMITTALS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK . 1 01350S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements,and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: (111.1\ 1. Section 013.10—Coordination & Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options & Substitutions 3. Section 01100—Summary of Work 4. Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted,if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04"Selection Options"and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification;one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/ x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SCHEDULE OF VALUES SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Preparation and submittal of Schedule of Values for stipulated price contracts or for major unit price work on unit price contracts. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid. 1.03 DEFINITION A. The Schedule of Values is an itemized list that establishes the value of each part of the Work for a stipulated price contract and for major unit price work on a unit price contract. The Schedule of Values is used as the basis for preparing applications for payments. Quantities and unit prices shall be included in the schedule of values. B. Major Unit Price Work is an individual unit price item: 1. Whose value is greater than five percent of original contract price, 2. Whose value becomes greater than five percent of original contract price as the result of an increase in quantity, or 3. Whose value is $100,000,whichever is least. 1.04 PREPARATION A. For stipulated price contracts, subdivide the Schedule of Values into logical portions of the Work, such as major work items or work in contiguous construction areas. Use Section 01311 Construction Schedule to guide the subdivision of work items. The items in the Schedule of Values will correlate directly with the tasks enumerated in the Construction Schedule. Organize each portion using the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as an outline for listing the value of work by Sections. Provide at least one item for each specification section.A pro rata share of mobilization,bonds, and insurance may be listed as separate items for each portion of the work. 1. Schedule of Values must follow City of Pearland's Protrak construction tracking system format/template. 2. Include the following Project identification: a. Project name and location. b. Name of the Owner. c. Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 01370-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SCHEDULE OF VALUES 3. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value. h. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation of Applications for Payment. Break subcontract amounts down into several line items if needed. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment,purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. 6. Provide separate line items for initial cost of materials,for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value. 7. Show line items for indirect costs and margins on costs only when such items are listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. Temporary facilities and items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may be shown as separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense. 8. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives change the Contract Sum. B. For unit price contracts, items shall use the bid items for the Schedule of Values. C. For lump sum equipment items,where submittal of operation/maintenance data and testing are required, include a separate item for equipment operation and maintenance data where: 1. Submittal of maintenance data shall be valued at five percent(5%) of the lump sum amount for each equipment item. Contractor will not be paid the value of(5%) of the lump sum amount until maintenance data is submitted and approved. 2. Submittal for testing and adjusting shall be valued at five percent(5%) of the lump sum amount for each equipment item. Contractor will not be paid the value of(5%) of the lump sum amount until testing data is submitted and approved. 3. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: a. Construction schedule. b. Application for payment forms, including continuation sheets. c. List of subcontractors. 01370-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SCHEDULE OF VALUES 1111111 d. List of products. e. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. f. Schedule of submittals. D. Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest$100.00. Set the value of one(1)item, when necessary,to make all values equal the contract price for stipulated price contract or lump sum amount for unit price work. E. No payment request(including the first) will be approved until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the Engineer. F. Break down the Schedule of Values into two major sections that correspond to the work in each Substantial Completion phase as described in Specification Section 01311-Schedule and Sequence of Construction. 1.05 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a sub-schedule of unit costs and quantities for products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values,with each item identified the . same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. er'`, D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into: 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site,with taxes paid. 2. Copies of invoices for component material shall be included with the payment request in which the material first appears. 3. Paid invoices shall be provided with the second payment request in which the material appears or no payment shall be allowed and/or may be deleted from the request. E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. 1.06 SUBMITTAL A. Submit the Schedule of Values in accordance with the requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. Submit initial schedule of values within fifteen(15) days after execution of contract or at the time of the pre-construction conference. B. Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications. After the changes are reviewed without exception by the Owner, make the submittal at least 10 days prior to submitting the next application for progress payment. 01370-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS—NOT USED PART 3 PART 3 EXECUTION—NOT USED END OF SECTION 01370-4 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 (111116•\ REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street • New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 `--**) Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 (1°114 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION r" 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK T. CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and rert . B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350-Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate (.111\ operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP SECTION 01465 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a competent field services technician of the manufacturers of all equipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13 and 16 to supervise installation, adjustment,initial operation and testing, performance testing, final acceptance testing and startup of the equipment. B. Perform specified equipment field performance tests, final acceptance tests and startup services. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Operation and Maintenance Data is included in Section 01730. B. Performance and acceptance testing and startup requirements are included in the respective sections of Divisions 11, 13 and 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name, address and resume of proposed field services technicians at least 30 days in advance of the need for such services. B. Submit, in accordance with Section 01350, detailed testing procedures for shop tests, field performance tests and final acceptance tests as specified in the various equipment sections. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Test procedures shall be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the proposed test dates and shall include at least the following information: a. Name, classification,model and serial number of equipment to be tested,including reference to specifications section number and title. b. Testing schedule of proposed dates and times for testing. c. Summary of power, lighting, chemical,water, sludge, gas, etc, needs and identification of who will provide them. d. Outline specific assignment of the responsibilities of the Contractor and manufacturers'factory representatives or field service personnel. e. Detailed description of step-by-step testing requirements,with reference to appropriate standardized testing procedures and laboratory analyses by established technical organizations(e.g.,ASTM, WPCF Standard Methods, etc). f. Samples of forms to be used to collect and record test data and to present tabulated test results. 2. Copies of test reports upon completion of specified shop,performance and acceptance tests. Test reports shall incorporate the information provided in the test procedures submittals and modified to reflect actual conduct of the tests and the following additional information: a. Copy of all test data sheets and results of lab analyses. b. Summary comparison of specified test and performance requirements vs actual test results. 01465-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP c. Should actual test results fail to meet specified test and performance requirements, describe action to be taken prior to re-testing the equipment. 3. Copies of the manufacturer's field service technician's report summarizing the results of his/her initial inspection, operation, adjustment and pre-tests.The report shall include detailed descriptions and tabulations of the points inspected,tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained, suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance, and the equipment supplier's Certificate of Installation in the format specified herein. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International B. Water Environment Federation(WEF) C. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater(Latest Revision) D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field service technicians shall be competent and experienced in the proper installation, adjustment, operation,testing and startup of the equipment and systems being installed. B. Manufacturers'sales and marketing personnel will not be accepted as field service technicians unless they can prove their qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS A. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation,before it is operated by others, the manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate,test and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where applicable: 1. Soundness (without crack or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details,as specified and required. 3. Correctness of setting,alignment and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. B. The operation,testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. 01465-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP C. Upon completion of this work,the manufacturer's field service technician shall submit a signed report of the results of his/her inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. 3.02 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS A. Shop tests or factory tests may be witnessed by the Owner and/or Owner's representatives, as required by the various equipment specifications. B. Field performance and acceptance tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner,the Owner's designed personnel and/or Owner's representatives. 01465-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION Owner: Proj ect: Contract No.: EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SECTION: EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: I ,Authorized representative of (Print Name) (Print Manufacturer's Name) hereby CERTIFY that (Print equipment name and model with serial no.) installed for the subject project has (have)been installed in a satisfactory manner,has (have)been tested and adjusted,and is (are)ready for final acceptance testing and operation on : ` Date Time CERTIFIED BY: (Signature of Manufacturer's Representative) Date: END OF SECTION 01465-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS (1.11'\ SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01500S TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01500. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification, the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01566 Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01570 Trench Safety System. 3. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01555 Traffic Control&Regulation. 4. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01720 Field Surveying. 5. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01563 Tree& Plant Protection. 6. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 01564 Control of Ground Water& Surface Water. 7. DELETE Paragraph 1.01B Reference to Technical Specification Section 13730 Computer Equipment. 8. DELETE Paragraph 1.05. 9. DELETE the last sentence in Paragraph 1.08A. 10. DELETE Paragraphs 1.13B, 1.13C, 1.13D and 1.13E. 11. REVISE Paragraph 1.17C to read as follows: "...storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements." 12. DELETE Paragraph 1.20. 13. DELETE Paragraph 1.21. END OF SUPPLEMENT - 01500S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01500S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds arid building, safety requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection, security measures,protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01350—Submittals Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01600—Material &Equipment Section 01570—Trench Safety System Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation Section 01720—Field Surveying Section 01563 —Tree &Plant Protection Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2-2011 01500-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off-site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement,or Section 01100—Summary of Work. Provide for transportation,move-in, set-up,tie-down and,when project is complete,removal and move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up. Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings,on-site storage for project files and plans,office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards -29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract,and after such investigation or inspection,advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten(10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, (.111'‘ ventilating equipment and safety equipment,in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. , Provide.portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2-2011 01500-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft,damage,and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction,and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus,materials, supplies,and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently cleanup refuse,rubbish,scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2-2011 01500-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around, openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools,materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights,warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen;and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work.Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control& Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments,property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans,and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563—Tree &Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is ($0.-\ damaged,broken,or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 12-2-2011 01500-7of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five (5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. . II C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 12-2-2011 01500-,8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes,regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage,and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. (°1"e`. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 12-2-2011 01500-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water and Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MOBILIZATION SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01505S MOBILIZATION The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01505. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification, the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraphs 1.02A through 1.02G and REPLACE with the following new Paragraph 1.02A: "A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid." END OF SUPPLEMENT (1111b..\ 01505S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MOBILIZATION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01505S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) (°7 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570—Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals) 4. Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) 5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 2. Laptop Computer(Section 00800—Special Conditions of Agreement) D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 09/2012 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580. The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 09/2012 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (01110N Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current,payment will be made by change order. C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post-mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker:. Experienced as a professional sign company. D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction: Post-mounted signs are preferred, but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single'piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade,fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Colors: Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral(1°"" motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN EXHIBIT f _ 'Le..Impression Z PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE � - ,N ;SEC,: PROJECT NO. 12345678 i Capital Improvement I I Signage Layout CITY ITF LPROJE PEARLAND PROJECT SCHEDULE: MONTH/YEAR ' ADDRESS, CAPITAL PROJECT various I MAYOR:TOM REID BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT 1 mwsrATE: COUNCIL POSITION 1:TONY CARBONS Pearland,Texas ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: COUNCIL POSITION 2:SCOTT SHERMAN G' October 2014 COUNCIL POSITION 3:GART MOORE ) NAME GOES HERE IT MEW,* MATOR PRO TEA KERN OROENEAUX , capital improvement M I t COUNCIL POSITION S:GREGHRL CONTRACTOR: , 1 4xU Plank template October 2014 p, aTYMANAGEIt: CLATPEARsoN CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE - DEPUTE OTT MANAGES:ION ERANSON TISMRDEUSEx5r8FFerin,X ASST CITY MANAGER:TRENT EPPERSON pearlandtx.gov/departmentslengineering-capital-projects/projects R� ..miemMS6WZDIX E.{,rA;,G E RELRvAVSu:d:ARG0.:.mMINCFM...TC$ __....._ Ian. railuvru+P.-WEICIVM E UDKRISSOI SPECIAL NOTE:CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES FaSIMMONSVADESPataC 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE C SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE CLIENT TO PROVIDE AtL PR LAAY ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO THE SIGN COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS UNLESS O:HENEASE SPECIFIED. INSTALL ON TWO 4°X4°TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH IS 24°,OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REO'D.. CLIENT APPROVAL 10/2014 01580-4 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT (111111h\ SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01600S MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01600. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.02A and REPLACE with the following: "A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid." END OF SUPPLEMENT 01600S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ''') l 01600S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of (1111'6\ the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed,except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 • 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re-use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal". Approval of alternate products not.listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CLEANING SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Execute cleaning, during progress of the work, and at completion of the work, as required by General Conditions. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract are included in Section 00700. B. Each Section: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.03 DISPOSAL AND CLEANING A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,regulations and anti-pollution laws. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS (1.11h.' A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work,the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials,rubbish and windblown debris,resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease,mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. 01710-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CLEANING C. Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas,to verify that the entire work is clean. END OF SECTION 01710-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA (.116\ SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes procedural requirements for compiling and submitting operation and maintenance data required to complete the project. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Submittals are included in Section 01350 B. Warranties and Bonds are included in Section 01740 C. Contract closeout is included in Section 01770 1.03 OPERATING MANUALS A. Provide specific operation and maintenance instructions for all electrical,mechanical, and instrumentation&controls equipment furnished under various technical specifications Sections.. B. Separate manuals shall be provided for each type of equipment, or each Section number. Each manual shall contain the following: 1. Format and Materials a. Binders: 1) Commercial quality three ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 2) Maximum ring width capacity: 3 inches 3) When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings/volumes. b. Identification: Identify each volume on the cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". Include the following: 1) Title of Project. 2) Identify the general subject matter covered in the manual. 3) Identify structure(s) and/or location(s), of the equipment provided. 4) Specification Section number. c. 20 lb loose leaf paper,with hole reinforcement d. Page size: 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch e. Provide heavy-duty fly leafs(section separators), matching the table of contents,for each separate product, each piece of operating equipment, and organizational sections of the manual. f. Provide reinforced punched binder tab;bind in with text. g. Reduce larger drawings and fold to the size of text pages -but not larger than 11 inches x 17 inches -or provide a suitable clear plastic pocket(with drawing identification)for such folded drawings/diagrams. 2. Contents: 01730-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA a. A table of contents/Index, divided into section reflective of the major components provided. b. Specific description of each system and components c. Name, address,telephone number(s) and e-mail address(es) of vendor(s)and local service representative(s) d. Specific on-site operating instructions (including starting and stopping procedures) e. Safety considerations f. Project specific operational procedures and recommended log sheet(s). g. Project specific maintenance procedures h. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions—specific to the project i. Copy of each wiring diagram j. Copy of approved shop drawing(s) and Contractor's coordination/layout drawing(s) k. List of spare parts and recommended quantities 1. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. m. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams n. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified. o. Warranties and Bonds, as specified in the General Conditions 3. Transmittals a. Prepare separate transmittal sheets for each manual. Each transmittal sheet shall include at least the following: the Contractor's name and address, Owner's name, project name,project number, submittal number, description of submittal and number of copies submitted. b. Submittals shall be transmitted or delivered directly to the office of the Engineer, as indicated in the Contact Documents or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. c. Provide copies of transmittals (only, i.e.,without copies of the respective submittal) directly to the Resident Project Representative. C. Manuals for Equipment and Systems -In addition to the requirements listed above, for each System,provide the following: 1. Overview of system and description of unit or system and component parts. Identify function,normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. Include legible performance curves, with engineering data and tests and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Panelboard circuit directories including electrical service characteristics, controls and communications and color-coded wiring diagrams as installed. 3. Operating procedures: include start-up,break-in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences; regulation,control,stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions; and summer,winter and any special operating instructions. 4. Maintenance Requirements a. Procedures and guides for trouble-shooting; disassembly,repair, and reassembly instructions b. Alignment, adjusting,balancing and checking instructions c. Servicing and lubrication schedule and list of recommended lubricants 01730-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA d. Manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions e. Sequence of operation by instrumentation and controls manufacturer f. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance 5. Control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed(as-built) 6. Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams, as installed(as- built) 7. Charts of valve tag numbers,with location and function of each valve,keyed to flow and control diagrams. Include equipment and instrument tag numbers on diagrams. 8. List of original manufacturer's spare parts and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 9. Test and balancing reports, as required 10. Additional Requirements as specified in individual product specification 11. Design data for systems engineered by the Contractor or its Suppliers D. Electronic Transmission of O&M Manuals 1. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, O&M manuals may not be transmitted by electronic means other than by CD-ROM or USB flash drive. Electronic O&M manuals shall meet the following conditions: a. The above-specified transmittal form is included. b. All other requirements specified above have been met, including,but not limited to, coordination by the Contractor, review and approval by the Contactor. c. The submittal contains no pages or sheets large than 11 x 17 inches. d. With the exception of the transmittal sheet,the entire submittal is included in a single file. e. Files are Portable Document Format(PDF)—with the printing function enabled. f. All scanned manufacturer's O&M manuals must be quality checked after scanning to ensure the page are not crooked and all information is legible. 2. When electronic copies are provided,transmit two hard copy(paper)originals to the Engineer with an electronic copy on CD-ROM. 3. The electronic copy of the O&M manual must be identical in organization, format and content to the hard copies of the manual. 4. The electronic O&M Manual must be bookmarked identically to the paper manual table of contents to allow quick access to information. Electronic submittals that require extensive scrolling will not be accepted. The document must be indexed and searchable. 01730-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be delivered directly to the office of the Engineer, as follows: 1. Provide preliminary copies of each manual to the office of the Engineer,no later than 30 days following approval of the respective shop drawings. 2. Provide final copies of each completed manual prior to testing. 3. Provide a letter that grants the Engineer and Owner to the limited right to use and reproduce each manual(in it its entirety or any portion thereof) from the respective equipment manufacturer(s). Such limited right shall allow the Engineer and Owner to use each manual or and portion thereof for: a. The potential assembly of a comprehensive facility operation and maintenance manual for the sole benefit of the Owner; and, b. supplemental training of the Owner's personnel and operators, over and above the required vendor's training, regarding operation of the facility as a system. B. The ENGINEER will review Operation and Maintenance manuals submittals for operating equipment for conformance with the requirements of the applicable specification Section. The review will generally be based on the O&M Manual Review Checklist appended to this Section. C. If during test and start-up of equipment, any changes were made to the equipment,provide two hard copies of as-built drawings or any other amendments for insertion,by the contractor, in the previously transmitted final manuals. In addition,provide one revised electronic version including the as-built drawings and any other amendments. The manuals shall be completed, including updates, if any,within 30 days of start-up and testing of the facility. 3.02 VENDOR TRAINING/INSTRUCTIONS (TO OWNER'S PERSONNEL) A. Before final initiation of operation, Contractor's vendors shall train/instruct Owner's designated personnel in the operation,adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment and systems at times convenient to the Owner. B. Unless specified otherwise under the respective equipment specification section,vendor training/instruction shall consist of eight hours of training for each type of equipment. Such training/instruction shall be scheduled and held at times to accommodate the work schedules of Owner's personnel, including splitting the required training/instruction time into separate sessions and/or presented at reasonable times other than the Contractor's "normal working hours" or the Owner's normal day shift. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Train/instruct the Owner's personnel, in detail,based on the contents of manual explaining all aspects of operation and maintenance of the equipment. If the respective equipment is inter-related to the operation of other equipment, all interlock, constraints, and permissives shall be explained. 01730-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA D. At least two weeks prior to the schedule for vendor training, a detailed lesson plan, representative of the material to be covered during instruction,shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Lesson plans shall consist of in-depth outlines of the training material, including a table of contents,resume of the instructor,materials to be covered,start-up procedures, maintenance requirements, safety considerations, and shut-down procedures. E. Prepare and insert additional data in each Operation and Maintenance Manual when the need for such data becomes apparent during training/instruction. F. Vendor's training/instruction will be considered acceptable based on the completed Owner's Acknowledgement of Manufacturer's Instruction as indicated on the Equipment Manufacturer's Certification of Installation,Testing, and Instruction appended to this Section. 3.03 VIDEOGRAPHY OF VENDOR TRAINING/INSTRUCTION A. Audio/video (A/V) record(in DVD format)training/instructions as they are being provided to the Owner's personnel. Such recording shall include the entire training/instruction session(s)as well as all questions and answers. A/V recording shall be performed by a professional organization experienced in the production of such recordings. Self-recording by the Contractor may be considered,provided that Contractor can demonstrate, in advance,proficient examples of such recordings. B. To avoid audio problems,training/instruction shall be held in a location sufficiently removed from construction activity, insulated from the noise of construction activity, or during a time when construction activity is not occurring in the vicinity. (1111b'' C. The audio portion of the A/V recording should be done with a microphone(wired or wireless) attached to the trainer/instructor to maximize the quality of speech. D. Each A/V recording should have "chapters" to segregate the distinct portions of the training/instruction, or have visual cues at the start of a change in subject. E. Two copies of the A/V recordings shall be submitted to the Engineer on DVD disk(s).The DVDs will become the property of the Owner. END OF SECTION 1110",1 01730-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA O&M Manual Review Checklist Submittal No.: Project No.: • Manufacturer: Equipment Submitted: Specification Section: Date of Submittal: General Data 1. Are the area representative's name, address, e-mail address and telephone number included? 2. Is the nameplate data for each component included? 3. Are all associated components related to the specific equipment included? 4. Is non-pertinent data crossed out or deleted? 5. Are drawings neatly folded and/or inserted into packets? 6. Are all pages properly aligned and scanned legibly? 7. Is the .PDF document bookmarked according to the table of contents? Operations and Maintenance Data 8. Is an overview description of the equipment and/or process included? 9. Does the description include the practical theory of operation? 10. Does each equipment component include specific details (design characteristics, operating parameters, control descriptions, and selector switch positions and functions)? 11. Are alarm and shutdown conditions specific to the equipment provided on this project clearly identified?Does it describe possible causes and recommended remedies? 12. Are step procedures for starting, stopping, and troubleshooting specific to the equipment provided included? 13. Is a list of operational parameters to monitor and record specific to the equipment provided included? 14. Is a proposed operating log sheet specific to the equipment provided included? 15. Is a spare parts inventory list included for each component? 16. Is a lubrication schedule for each component specific to the equipment provided included-or does it clearly state"No Lubrication Required"? 17. Is a maintenance schedule for each component specific to the equipment provided included? 18.. Is a copy of the warranty information included? ^\ 01730-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Review Comments Is the submittal fully approved(yes/no)? If not, the following points of rejection must be addressed and require resubmittal by the Contractor: Item No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14, • 15. Reviewed By: Date: Legend 1 =0K 2 =Not Adequate 3 =Not Included Note: This submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. 01730-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA iJ THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK /7l 01730-8 • 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Conditions of Contract for the general requirements relating to warranties and bonds. B. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01770 Contract Closeout. C. Specific requirements for warranties for the work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written warranties to the Owner prior to the date fixed by the Engineer for Substantial Completion. If the Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the work, or a designated portion of the work, submit written warranties upon request of the Owner. B. Refer to individual Sections for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. C. Bind each warranty in a durable 3-ring vinyl covered binder,thickness as necessary to accommodate contents and sized to receive 8-1/2-in by 11-in paper. 1.04 WARRANTY REQUIREMENT A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted work that has failed, remove and replace other work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding,reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that work covered by a warranty has failed,replace or rebuild the work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents.The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations,rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, 01740-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WARRANTIES AND BONDS nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the contract Documents. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS CERTIFICATIONS A. Where required,the Contractor shall supply evidence,satisfactory to the Engineer,that the Contractor can obtain manufacturers'certifications as to the Contractor's installation of equipment. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01740-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition STARTING SYSTEMS SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01750S STARTING SYSTEMS The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01750. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.02A and REPLACE with the following: "A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid." END OF SUPPLEMENT 01750S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition STARTING SYSTEMS r—s 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01750S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D References to Technical specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 07/2006 01750- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect,check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start, test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750-2 of 2 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01760S PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01760. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.02A and REPLACE with the following: "A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid." END OF SUPPLEMENT (1.11h' 01760S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01760S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIFICATION SECTION 01770S CONTRACT CLOSEOUT The following supplement modifies Specification Section 01770. Where a portion of the Specification is modified or deleted by this Supplementary Specification,the unaltered portions of the Specification shall remain in effect. 1. DELETE Paragraph 1.02A and REPLACE with the following: "A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid." END OF SUPPLEMENT 01770S-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONTRACT CLOSEOUT THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK I) 01770S-2 4/27/16 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers: B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. . END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN SECTION 11330 MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install one(1)Vertical Step Screen, a self-cleaning fine screen. The screen shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel shapes.The step screen shall not operate on a continuous basis. The screen control panel shall enable the screen to be operated based on the differential between the water levels upstream and downstream of the screen. Ultrasonic level detectors shall be located upstream and downstream of the step screen to monitor water levels in the channel and initiate an operating cycle through the PLC. B. The Manufacturer's control panel shall interface with a new conveyor control panel, existing fine screen control panel coupled to an existing washer/compactor control panel as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Specification Section 11340 Shafted Screw Conveyor B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)Publications: 1. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications. 2. Section A507-10: Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip,Hot- Rolled and Cold Rolled C. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association(AFBMA)Publications: 1. Standard 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. Standard 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. D. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)Publications E. American Welding Society(AWS)Publications F. American Structures Painting Council(ASPC)Publications 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The following information shall be submitted to the engineer, In accordance with Section 01300, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: B. Product data including the following: 11330-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 1. Descriptive literature,brochures, and/or catalogs of the equipment. ,- 2. Motor characteristics and performance information. 3. Gear reducer data including service factor, efficiency,torque rating, and materials. 4. Parts list including a list of recommended spare parts. C. Shop drawings Including the following: 1. Manufacturer's installation drawings. 2. Wiring and schematic diagrams. D. Operations and maintenance manual: See Section 01300. E. Installation reference list. F. Equipment weights and lifting points. G. Recommendations for short and long term storage. H. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty I. Failure to include all drawings applicable to the equipment specified in this section will result in rejection of the entire submittal with no further review. ''"*) J. A copy of documents proving certification of the Manufacturer's Quality Management System according to ISO 9001 and Environmental Protection Management System according to ISO 14001. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. To ensure quality, conformance,and reliability with regard to the manufacturing and production of the equipment,the manufacturer shall meet all requirements listed hereafter: B. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty(20)years of experience producing equipment substantially similar to that required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least fifteen (15)independent installations using the same size or larger equipment as detailed in the below. Each installation must have been in satisfactory operation for at least five(5)years. C. The contract documents represent the minimum acceptable standards for the screening equipment for this project.All equipment shall conform fully in every respect to the requirements of the respective parts and sections of the drawings and specifications. The entire unit shall be Manufacturer's standard product,but shall be modified,redesigned,furnished with special features or accessories, made of materials or provided with finishes as may be necessary to conform to the quality mandated by the technical and performance requirements of the specification. D. The entire unit shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel shapes. All components made of stainless steel shall be passivated by full submergence in a pickling bath for perfect 11330-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN (.11'N surface finishing. No stainless steel components may be fabricated or assembled in a factory where carbon steel products are also fabricated, in order to prevent contamination by rust. E. Electric motors, gear reducers,and other self-contained or enclosed components shall have an acrylic enamel finish. F. All stainless steel parts of the unit shall be fully submerged into a pickling bath for at least 8 hours to remove welding spots and to protect the stainless steel against corrosion. Glass bead blast or chemically treated stainless steel shall not be allowed. G. Fabrication shall be done in compliance with all applicable ASTM standards or equivalent international standards. H. All welding in the factory shall use shielded arc, inert gas,MIG or TIG method. Filler wire shall be added to all welds to provide for a cross section equal to or greater than the parent metal. Butt welds shall fully penetrate to the interior surface and gas shielding to interior and exterior of the joint shall be provided. I. Bolts,nuts and washers shall be selected from AISI 304L or 316L stainless steel such that they are anti-seizing. J. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 9001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer. rh\ K. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 14001 certified environmental protection management system designed to monitor and help minimize the harmful effects on the environment caused by its manufacturing processes. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 14001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer. L. All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society(AWS)D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent. M. Manufacturer shall provide screen,wash press,motors,gear reducers, controls,control panels, and lifting attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination, compatibility, and operation of the system. N. Supplier shall provide services by a factory-trained Service Engineer, specifically trained on the type of equipment specified. Service Engineer requirements include,but are not limited to the following: 1. A service engineer shall be present during initial energizing of equipment to determine directional testing as described in Paragraph 3.01 C (Installation). 2. A Service Engineer shall inspect and verify location of anchor bolts,placement, leveling, alignment and field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation and electrical connections. 11330-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 3. A Service Engineer shall provide classroom and/or field training on the Operation and Maintenance of the equipment to operator personnel. These instructions may include the use of slides,videos, literature, and/or oral presentations. 4. Manufacturer shall state field service rates for a Service Engineer to Owner and Contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section should not be sufficient to properly place the equipment into operation, additional time shall be purchased by Contractor to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material without additional cost to Owner. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT A. All equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of components. B. The contractor shall be responsible for unloading of the machinery and shall have equipment on-site available at the time of delivery permitting proper hoisting of the equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Step Screen Vertical Model SSV 5300x1276x6 from Huber Technology, Inc. B. Approved alternate manufacturer: JDV Step/Fine Screen by JDV Equipment Corporation. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Step Screen shall be capable of processing a peak flow of 16 Million Gallons per Day(MGD) of municipal wastewater with no less than 1 ft of freeboard when installed in a 5'-0"wide channel no more than 10'-10" deep. Effective screen area shall have a minimum of 75%free open-area for water flow. Open space between the screening blades shall be '/4"(6 mm). Step screen shall lift and discharge screenings at an elevation of 9'-5" above the bottom of the channel onto a discharge chute without use of brushes or spray washers. The discharge chute shall direct the screenings into the hopper of a screenings washer. B. Maximum upstream water level shall not exceed 41 inches above the channel bottom. Step screen shall be capable of processing the peak flow without exceeding the maximum upstream water level based on a 35%reduction of the screen's free open-area. C. Downstream water level at peak flow will be approximately 36 inches above the channel bottom. 2.03 STEP SCREEN DESIGN A. MATERIALS 1. Unless otherwise specified in these specifications,the entire equipment shall be manufactured from AISI 304L austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be 11330-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN exerted on the unit during fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to the O&M manual. 2. The entire equipment shall be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory to prevent contamination of the stainless steel with foreign debris and contaminants. 3. The equipment, after its fabrication, shall undergo a passivation(pickling)process to ensure maximum resistance to corrosion. All stainless steel components and structures shall be submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid to remove any residues that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling.After removal from the pickling bath,the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel. Submergence insures complete coverage. Spray on chemical treatments and glass bead blasting are specifically not acceptable due to their inability to provide complete and uniform corrosion protection. B. FRAME OF STEP SCREEN 1. Frame shall be fabricated from 0.2" (5 mm)thick AISI 304L stainless steel. The frame shall accommodate fixed step blade packages,blade cross pieces, slewing bracket unit, eccentrics, and drive unit including gear, shaft,and motor. 2. Frame shall be accurately set into position in the channel and shall be capable of supporting the entire screening assembly when suspended from the pivot shaft attached to the support legs. The screen shall be installed with an angle of 75°from the horizontal.The frame shall be sealed to the channel walls with rubber seals. 3. Frame sides shall be fully welded to a 0.2"(5 mm)thick base plate, stationary 0.16" (4 mm)thick step blade cross member brackets and a 0.2"(5 mm) thick drive console. The drive console shall be designed to accommodate eight(8) adjusting bolts. Four(4) adjustment bolts shall be parallel to the screen angle and four(4) shall be perpendicular to the screen angle.The parallel bolts shall adjust the horizontal position of the moveable step blades. The perpendicular bolts shall adjust the vertical position of the moveable step blades 4. The frame sides shall form the supports for cover panels at the sides,the front,and the back of the screen. C. STEP SCREEN BLADES 1. Moveable step blades shall be cut from 1/12" (2 mm)thick cold-rolled stainless steel sheets.The front-face of the step blade shall have a curved,hook-like shape thus preventing screenings from rolling or falling down from the steps. The steps shall have a horizontal length of 2"(50 mm) and a vertical height of 4-1/8" (105 mm) from step to step. The rear-face of the moveable step blade shall have a series of saw-tooth patterns cut into the straight edge of the step blade to slice through any debris that may accumulate on the cross member supports for the stationary step blades. Each saw-tooth pattern shall consist of ten(10) angular cuts in succession,resulting in a 7-7/8" (200 mm) long serrated edge along the rear-face of the step blade. Each cut shall consist of a 13/16"(20 mm) straight length angled 14 degrees off the rear step blade straight edge followed by a 1/5"(5 mm) 11330-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN cut perpendicular to the straight edge. The moveable step blades shall be mounted in a series of cross member brackets anchored to the moveable side plate. 2. Stationary step blades shall be manufactured from 1/12" (2 mm)thick cold-rolled stainless steel sheets.The stationary step blades shall have exactly the same step shape as those of the moveable step blades. The stationary step blades shall be mounted in a series of cross member brackets anchored to the step screen frame. 3. The effective screening area of the step screen shall be produced by alternating stationary step blades with moveable step blades and spacing the step blades '/" (6 m) apart. The open space between the lamina is maintained by 3 inch long HDPE spacer inserts mounted along the length of the moveable step blades at a distance not less than 2 ft apart.The resulting effective screening area shall have a minimum of 75% free open-area. 4. The movable step blades lift the screenings to the next higher stationary step with each rotation cycle of the gear motor. The number of rotation cycles performed in each operating cycle is dependent upon the hydraulic conditions in the channel. After completion of an operating cycle,the step blades shall come to rest in the home position such that the horizontal surface of the step blades are aligned across the width of the channel.A proximity sensor shall send a signal to the PLC when the moveable step blades are in their home position causing the gear motor to stop and hold the step blades in alignment. 5. The screen shall utilize two sets of step blades consisting of upper and lower packages. The upper blade package shall consist of 2mm thick moveable stainless steel blades and 6mm thick fixed Polypropylene blades to prevent debris falling into the channel prior to discharge unless all stainless steel upper lamina are required. The resulting tolerance between the plastic jacket and the adjacent stationary step blade shall be 0.04"(1 mm). D. BOTTOM STEP FACE BLADE AND FLUSHING PIPE 1. Step screen shall be designed with a blind face plate as the bottom step to prevent grit deposits from accumulating below the step blades. The blind plate shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel plate 1/12"(2 mm)thick and shall be approximately 10" (250 mm)tall covering the width of the effective screening area. The base of the face plate shall bolt on to the screen sole plate.The top of the face plate shall bolt on to a 5/32"(4 mm)thick cross member support comb for the stationary step blades. A lower grit flap or movable plates are not acceptable. 2. A 1-1/4" diameter stainless steel flushing pipe shall be mounted parallel to the back of the face plate along the width of the channel to prevent heavy material from depositing below the step blades. The flushing pipe shall have 1/2"diameter perforations every 8 inches. The flushing pipe will be fed with non-potable plant effluent through a 1-1/4"stainless steel pipe. The flushing pipe shall be fitted with a 1-1/4"diameter solenoid valve controlling the feed water to the flushing pipe. Screens with effective screening areas greater than 4' —4" shall be equipped with dual flushing pipes and dual feed water connections. E. HOME-POSITION PROXIMITY SENSOR 1. Home-position proximity sensor shall send a signal to the PLC that shall cause the gear motor to stop the rotation of the moveable step blade package, when it is aligned with the 11330-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN stationary step blade package. The signal shall be generated when the metal flag attached to the eccentrically rotated block passes the frame mounted sensor. 2. Mounting mechanism of the sensor shall be adjustable to enable the moveable step screen package to be stopped in the proper location. 3. The proximity sensor shall be an inductive proximity sensor. The sensing distance of this sensor shall be 5/64"(2 mm). F. LINKAGE SYSTEM 1. The step screen shall be designed with a linkage system on each side of the unit that transfers the rotation of the gear motor to the moveable step blade package. Each linkage system shall consist of an eccentrically rotated rectangular eccentric block, a flange bearing, moveable side plate, slewing bracket, linkage arms, and bushings. Chain or cable drives are not acceptable. 2. The rectangular eccentric block shall be made of high-tension steel and be approximately 6" long by 3-1/2" high by 2"thick with two(2)2"diameter clamping connections and associated keyways bored through the block. One connection shall be clamped to the drive shaft of the gear motor,thereby causing the rectangular block to eccentrically rotate around the drive shaft. The other connection shall be clamped to an eccentric crank shaft to convert circular motion to elliptical motion. The eccentric stub shaft on the opposite side of the crank connects to the moveable side plate through the flange bearing. 3. The moveable side plate shall carry the step support brackets that secure the moveable step blades. The elliptical path of motion that the moveable side plates follow shall be controlled and stabilized by linkage arms and lateral linkage rods. 4. Each side of the screen shall be fitted with one(1) set of two(2)upper and two (2)lower linkage arms to connect the moveable side plates to the screen frame through lateral linkage rods. Each end of the linkage arms shall be free to rotate around stainless steel stub shafts. The upper and lower linkage assemblies shall be arranged such that one end of one linkage arm rotates around a stub shaft connected to the frame and the other end rotates around a stub shaft connected to the lateral linkage rod. One end of the other linkage arm shall rotate a stub shaft connected to the lateral linkage rod, and the other end shall rotate around a stub shaft connected to a moveable side plate. G. GEAR MOTOR DRIVE MECHANISM 1. The drive unit shall be a gear motor rated for continuous duty and shall be selected to match the requirements of the particular screen.The drive motor shall be a 5 HP unit designed for application in a Class 1,Division 1 area. The motor shall be a constant speed unit rotating at 1680 rpm, and shall be powered by 230/460 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 phase power. 2. The drive unit shall be direct coupled to the screen drive shaft through the gear box. The gear box housing shall be constructed from ASTM A-48, Class 30 cast iron. The drive unit shall be sealed from the screenings transport area with a stainless steel plate,which is welded to the frame and forms the drive console. Q11116\ 11330-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 3. The screen shall be equipped with electronic overload protection by one (1)true-power monitors to stop the screen and initiate an alarm in the event of overload. The true-power monitor shall monitor both the upstroke and the down-stroke of the screen. Shear pins for overload protection are not acceptable. H. COVERS 1. The step screen shall include AISI 304L stainless steel covers for odor control and general plant safety. The covers shall extend from the deck level to the top of the screen. The covers on the front of the screen shall be easily removable and shall include a keyed locking mechanism. The covers on the sides and the back of the screen shall be fastened in place by screws. I. LEVEL SENSOR AND TRANSMITTER 1. The manufacturer shall furnish upstream/downstream level sensor and respective level transmitter,to include mounting hardware.The level sensor and transmitter shall be manufactured by Milltronics. The level transmitter shall be mounted inside the control panel. 2.04 CONTROLS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A. CONTROL PANEL 1. The controls shall be incorporated into a single control panel. The enclosure shall be NEMA 4X, 316 stainless steel, dead front construction with continuous hinge 3-point lockable door latch. 2. Enclosure shall provide: a. Disconnect, circuit breaker,pad lockable b. NEMA rated motor starters(IEC not approved)with Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection c. Soft starter for screen drive d. Control panel shall include one (1)Power Monitoring Relay to detect over-current power consumption by the step screen motor.The power monitor shall measure the input power and will provide a discrete output that can be used to stop the operation of the unit in the event of a jam. e. Control power transformer, single phase,480— 120 V AC with branch circuit fuses f. Surge protective device (SPD), 120 V AC single phase g. Programmable controller: Allen Bradley SLC 5150 PLC h. Operator interface: Allen Bradley PanelView C400 i. Ethernet switch j. Fiber optic connectivity k. Intrinsically Safe Circuits for proximity switches 1. Terminal Blocks m. Remote dry contacts: remote start/failure indication/indicating screen is running,run contacts to operate new conveyor. Contacts/terminals to receive run/fail signals from the conveyor and existing washer/compactor control panels. n. Failures indicated by text messages which get displayed at operator interface o. UL labeled 11330-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN B. The devices listed below shall be mounted on the control panel door: 1. Indicator lights: a. Power on(white) b. Screen drive running(red) c. Screen fault(amber) d. Screen torque fault(amber) e. High level alarm(red) 2. E-stop push button 3. Selector switch: a. Screen drive: Hand—OFF—Automatic 4. System Reset push button 5. Reverse—Jog 6. HMI(Operator Interface) 7. Level transmitter C. Sequence of operation 1. Screen is operated based on the differential level measurement(see paragraph C). The - screen starts when the differential level exceeds the start set point. The screen will continue to run until the level drops below the start level. The screen will stop after an adjustable number of steps.Upon screen start, a dry set of contacts in the screen control system shall start the discharge conveyor.A timer system shall maintain screen operation for a preset time (adjustable 0 to 30 seconds)to receive a run signal from the conveyor. If no conveyor run signal is received or a conveyor fail signal is received, the screen shall shut down and send a fail alarm to SCADA. 2. Operation based on timer only is not acceptable. 3. The set points are adjustable at the HMI(operator interface). D. Ultrasonic level monitor 1. In automatic mode,the step screen shall operate based on the water level differential from upstream to downstream of the screen. Ultrasonic level monitors shall be installed upstream and downstream of the step screen. The ultrasonic level monitor shall be a Milltronics HydroRanger, or approved equal. 2.05 SPARE PARTS A. The following spare parts shall be included and supplied together with the equipment: 1. Five(5) lower moveable blades 2. Five (5)lower fixed blades 11330-9 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 3. Fifty(50)plastic lamina spacers 4. Three(3)flange bearings 2.06 SYSTEM OPERATIONAL INTERFACE A. The following control description shall apply to the screening system as an interactive unit in coordination with the new and existing equipment. System operation shall coordinate in the Auto mode with all fail control and signals fully functional. In the Hand mode limited control and fail signals will be functional as described in this section. B. Auto mode. (H-O-A selector switch in"A"position) 1. The new step screen starts, contacts in the step screen control panel start the new conveyor, contacts in the new conveyor control panel starts the washer/compactor. 2. The second(existing) screen starts while the step screen is running. The second screen also dumps into the new conveyor. Two screening systems are running. 3. The order of operation is the same when the exiting screen starts first. Wiring reconfigurations in the existing screen will start the conveyor and washer/compactor. 4. If two screens are running and one shuts down according to normal system control and the remaining screen continues to run, the conveyor and washer/compactor continue to run. 5. The second screen shuts down due to normal system control,the conveyor and washer/ compactor will have a time delayed shutdown. 6. The conveyor shut-down is after an adjustable period of time, (via time adjustable relays in the conveyor control panel)to clear debris left in the conveyor after the screen stops. 7. After the conveyor shuts down due to normal system control, a stop signal (via a dry set of contacts in the conveyor control panel)will issue a stop command to the washer/compactor control panel. The washer/compactor will shut-down after an adjustable period of time, (via time adjustable relays in the washer/compactor control panel)to clear debris left in the washer/compactor after the conveyor stops. C. Fail control and alarm. 1. With one screen running and the screen fails, a fail alarm will be sent to SCADA, the screen will shut-down,the conveyor and washer/compactor shall shut-down with a normal time delayed shut-down. Note: with one screen in a fail a condition and the second screen fully operational,the second screen, conveyor and washer/compactor shall be available to . start according to the normal Auto sequence as described in 2.06.B above. 2. With one or both screens running and the conveyor fails, a fail alarm will be sent to SCADA,both screens shall shut-down immediately via fail contacts in the conveyor control panel. The washer/compactor will shut-down after its delayed shut-down time setting. ^� 11330-10 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN (", 3. With one or both screens running and the washer/compactor fails,a fail alarm will be sent to SCADA, both screens and the conveyor shall shut down immediately. 4. A Panic button shall be located at each screen,conveyor and washer/compactor. With the panic button at any of the locations depressed a complete system shut-down shall be made stopping the screen(s), conveyor, and washer/compactor immediately.A signal shall be sent to SCADA indicating a panic shut-down. D. Manual mode (H-O-A selector switch in"H"position). 1. With the selector switch in hand position at the control panel of each piece of equipment (Screen, Conveyor&Washer/Compactor),the equipment will operate independently of each other;however,the start,run and fail signals will continue to be sent to the interactive equipment as described in 2.06.B above.With each piece of equipment in the Hand mode the signals form the interactive equipment will be blocked from controlling the equipment. This is intended to allow a semi-automatic operation primarily for maintenance purposes. For example, if the screen is in hand and the start pushbutton is depressed,the screen will start. With the conveyor and washer/compactor in Auto they will start based on the time adjusted settings as described in 2.06.B above. Or if the conveyor is in hand and the washer/compactor is in auto then the washer/compactor will start according to its time adjusted setting etc. 2. With each piece of equipment in the hand mode the panic button will only stop the equipment it is connected too,with the exception if the down-stream equipment is in auto it will shut-down immediately as described in 2.06.0 above. (1111") E. Redundant signals. 1. Each screen has a PLC which provides control and alarm signals to operate the equipment and send run/fail signals to SCADA. It also includes run/fail signals from the conveyor and washer/compactor control panels connected at each screen PLC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment dimensions with the drawings. Contractor shall notify Engineer of significant deviations. B. Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. Manufacturer shall supply anchor bolts for the equipment. Contractors shall install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations C. Contractor shall coordinate with the existing fine screen manufacturer, conveyor manufacturer and washer/compactor manufacturer,too include all conduits,wiring and terminations required providing a complete and operable system, and without voiding the warrantee or normal operation of the new and existing equipment.Refer to 2.06.A System Operational Interface. D. Supplier shall furnish the services of a factory-trained Service Engineer for one trip including three(3) days to inspect the installation, observe start up, and provide operator training. 11330-11 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 1. Equipment shall not be energized, or"bumped"to check the electrical connection for motor rotation without the Service Engineer present. 2. The Service Engineer shall make all necessary adjustments and settings to the controls. In particular, Service Engineer shall verify the measurement relay setting and the initial water level differential setting for the step screen. 3. The Service Engineer shall demonstrate proper and sequential operation of step screen. The step screen shall operate automatically based on the water level differential. END OF SECTION 1I 11330-12 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION 11340 SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Contractor shall furnish, install and place into satisfactory operating condition a shafted screw conveyor enclosed in a trough for conveying and discharging screenings; as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications. B. It is the intent of these specifications that all equipment called for under this section shall be supplied by a single manufacturer. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for this Work. Include payment in the lump sum base bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Specification Section 11330 Mechanical Step Screen B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)Publications: °1111'\ 1. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications. 2. Section A507-10: Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip,Hot- Rolled and Cold Rolled C. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association(AFBMA)Publications: 1. Standard 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. Standard 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. D. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)Publications E. American Welding Society(AWS)Publications F. American Structures Painting Council(ASPC)Publications 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer. In accordance with Section 01350, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Product Data: Include the following: a. Descriptive literature,brochures, catalogs, cut-sheets and other detailed descriptive 1111'\' material of the equipment. b. Motor characteristics and performance information. 11340-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR c. Gear reducer data including service factor, efficiency, torque rating, and materials. d. Parts list including a list of recommended spare parts. 2. Shop Drawings:Include the following: a. Manufacturer's installation drawings. b. Wiring and schematic diagrams. 3. Operations and maintenance manual: See Section 01730. 4. Detailed installation instructions,with clear step-by-step points on the correct mechanical and electrical installation procedures. 5. Equipment weights and lifting points. 6. Recommendations for short and long term storage. 7. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty 8. A copy of documents proving certification of the Manufacturer's Quality Management System according to ISO 9001 and Environmental Protection Management System according to ISO 14001. 9. Failure to include all drawings applicable to the equipment specified in this section will result in rejection of the entire submittal with no further review. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. To ensure quality, conformance, and reliability with regard to the manufacturing and production of the equipment,the manufacturer shall meet all requirements listed hereafter: B. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty(20)years of experience producing equipment substantially similar to that required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least fifteen (15)independent installations using the same size or larger equipment as detailed in the below. Each installation must have been in satisfactory operation for at least five(5)years. C. The Contract Documents represent the minimum acceptable standards for the conveying equipment for this project.All equipment shall conform fully in every respect to the requirements of the respective parts and sections of the drawings and specifications. The entire unit shall be Manufacturer's standard product, but shall be modified,redesigned, furnished with special features or accessories, made of materials or provided with finishes as may be necessary to conform to the quality mandated by the technical and performance requirements of the specification. D. The entire unit shall be manufactured from AISI 304L stainless steel shapes. All components made of stainless steel shall be passivated by full submergence in a pickling bath for perfect surface finishing.No stainless steel components may be fabricated or assembled in a factory where carbon steel products are also fabricated, in order to prevent contamination by rust. E. Electric motors, gear reducers, and other self-contained or enclosed components shall have an acrylic enamel finish. 11340-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR F. All stainless steel parts of the unit shall be fully submerged into a pickling bath for at least 8 hours to remove welding spots and to protect the stainless steel against corrosion. Glass bead blast or chemically treated stainless steel shall not be allowed. G. Fabrication shall be done in compliance with all applicable ASTM standards or equivalent international standards. H. All welding in the factory shall use shielded arc, inert gas,MIG or TIG method.Filler wire shall be added to all welds to provide for a cross section equal to or greater than the parent metal. Butt welds shall fully penetrate to the interior surface and gas shielding to interior and exterior of the joint shall be provided. I. Bolts,nuts and washers shall be selected from AISI 304L or 316L stainless steel such that they are anti-seizing. J. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 9001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer. K. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 14001 certified environmental protection management system designed to monitor and help minimize the harmful effects on the environment caused by its manufacturing processes. Equipment suppliers not utilizing ISO 14001 facilities shall not be considered or approved for this project. Equipment supplier shall provide evidence of certification before being named as an acceptable manufacturer. L. All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society(AWS)D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent. M. Manufacturer shall provide conveyor,motors, gear reducers, controls, control panels, and lifting attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination,compatibility, and operation of the system. The manufacturer shall test-run the fully assembled machine in his factory before shipment. N. Manufacturer shall provide services by a factory-trained service engineer,specifically trained on the type of equipment specified.The service engineer requirements include,but are not limited to the following: 1. The service engineer shall be present during initial energizing of equipment to determine directional testing as described in Paragraph 3.03C (Installation). 2. The service engineer shall inspect and verify location of anchor bolts,placement, leveling, alignment and field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation and electrical connections. 3. The service engineer shall provide classroom and/or field training on the Operation and Maintenance of the equipment to operator personnel.These instructions may include the use of slides,videos,literature, and/or oral presentations. 4. Manufacturer shall state field service rates for a service engineer to owner and contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section should not be sufficient to 11340-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR properly place the equipment into operation, and the requirement for additional time is beyond the manufacturer's responsibility, additional time shall be purchased by contractor ) to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material without additional cost to owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Base Bid: Rotamat Screw Conveyor Ro 8t/273 from Huber Technology, Inc. B. Approved alternate manufacturer: JDV Screw Conveyor by JDV Equipment Corporation. C. Equipment of all manufacturers must be in accordance with these specifications and plans. Being named as a manufacturer does not eliminate their responsibility of providing equipment in compliance with the following specification section. Any deviations without sufficient evidence proving equal or superior quality shall be rejected without further review or comment. 2.02 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN SUMMARY 1. Number 1 2. Min Capacity(each), cuft/hr 70 3. Approximate length, ft 32 4. Min. flight outside screw diameter, inch 9-9/16" (243 mm) 5. Shaft diameter, inch 3-1/2" (89 mm) 6. Installation angle,maximum 45° 7. Location of drives pushing B. The screw conveyor shall be designed to handle the maximum load as specified above. C. The screw conveyor shall be capable of processing spherical objects with a diameter of 3-1/8". Such objects shall be conveyed through the auger and shall be discharged with the screenings. D. Operation of the screw conveyor shall be automatically initiated when a call to run signal is received. The screenings shall be transported up the screw conveyor and shall be discharged into a dumpster. E. To minimize odors and nuisance,the conveyance shall be completely enclosed. F. The control system shall be designed such that the operating characteristics of the screw conveyor can be changed via the programmable controller. Systems which do not offer this feature will not be acceptable for this project. 11340-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR r'*\ G. The control system shall include shaft motion fail detection with contacts to stop system operation and signal SCADA. H. MATERIALS 1. Unless otherwise specified in these specifications,the entire equipment shall be manufactured from AISI 304L austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods,angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be exerted on the unit during fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to the O&M manual. 2. The entire equipment shall be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory to prevent contamination of the stainless steel with rusty dust. 3. The equipment, after its fabrication, shall undergo a passivation(pickling)process to ensure maximum resistance to corrosion.All stainless steel components and structures shall be submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid to remove any residues that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After removal from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel. Submergence insures complete coverage. Spray on chemical treatments and glass bead blasting are specifically not acceptable due to their inability to provide complete and uniform corrosion protection. 2.03 PRODUCT DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A. SCREW CONVEYOR 1. The spiral shall have a center shaft. Minimum flight thickness shall be 3/16 inch(5 mm). The spiral flight shall have sufficient stability to prevent distortion and jumping in the trough. B. CONVEYOR TROUGH 1. Each conveyor trough shall be U-shaped, fabricated from a minimum thickness of 1/8"(3 mm)AISI 304L stainless steel plate. Each trough shall be equipped with inlet and discharge connections, as indicated on the drawings. The outlet openings in the trough bottom shall be sized to prevent screw conveyor plugging. 2. The entire length of the screw conveyor,with the exception of the filling chute, shall be covered by a bolted cover. Covers shall be manufactured from a material thickness of 5/64"(2 mm)AISI 304L stainless steel plate. The covers shall be manufactured in sections with a maximum of 5 foot lengths to allow for easy access. 3. A wear liner shall be provided for the trough. The wear liner shall be made of a minimum 5/16 inch(8 mm)thick ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene.The wear liners shall be manufactured in sections with a maximum length of 39 inches to allow for easy replacement. 11340-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR C. CONVEYOR SUPPORTS ,T 1. Each conveyor shall be furnished complete with supports suitable for mounting as shown on the Drawings and as required by the supplier's design. The supports shall be shop fabricated from structural AISI 304L stainless steel shapes and plates.At a minimum, each screw conveyor trough shall have supports at the drive end and other end of the trough plus intermediate supports at a maximum of 11-1/2 foot intervals.The supports shall be designed to avoid interference with other equipment or equipment supports. The supports shall be designed to prevent excessive vibration of any portion of the conveyor unit under all loading conditions. D. CONVEYOR DRIVE 1. The screw conveyor mechanism shall be driven by a shaft mounted gearbox and motor assembly. The gear reducer shall be bolted to a machined flange welded to the upper end of the conveyor trough. 2. The gear reducer shall be driven by a 1,680 rpm, 3-phase, 60 Hertz,230/460 volt,Class 1, Division 2, continuous-duty motor with a conduit box suitable for outdoor operation. Motor power shall be 1.5hp. 3. Chain drives,belt drives,hydraulic drives or a separate upper bearing for the transport screw will not be acceptable for this project. E. ANCHOR BOLTS 1. Equipment manufacturer shall furnish all anchor bolts of ample size and strength required to securely anchor each item of equipment. Anchor bolts,hex nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be wedge or epoxy type. 2. Anchor bolts shall be set by the Contractor. Equipment shall be placed on the foundations, leveled, shimmed,bolted down, and grouted with a non-shrinking grout. F. CONTROL SYSTEM 1. All controls necessary for the fully automatic operation of the screw conveyor shall be provided, including a NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel main control panel, and a NEMA 7 local control station. 2. The electrical control system shall provide for automatic control of the screw conveyor via a start signal from the feed device control system. 3. Main control panel shall be suitable for outdoor,wall-mounting. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel, dead front construction with continuous hinge 3-point lockable door latch, and shall include the following: a. Door-interlocked and fused disconnect with type-2 surge protective device(SPD) b. 600 VAC terminal block c. NEMA rated reversing motor starter(273 machine length<l Om) and Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection for screw conveyor motor d. Panel heater with thermostat ,-7,, 11340-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR e. Control power transformer with 120 VAC,primary and secondary fusses and surge protective device(SPD) 4. The control panel interior door shall have the following devices: a. Hand-Off-Auto selector switch b. Forward-off-reverse selector switch c. Start/Stop pushbutton d. Jog push button for reverse control e. Control power ON pilot light(white) f. Screw conveyor RUNNING pilot light(red) g. Screw conveyor FAULT pilot light(amber) h. E-STOP pushbutton(red) i. Screw conveyor RESET pushbutton(black) j. Elapse time meter k. Horn and beacon light with silence pushbutton 1. Horn/Beacon test pushbutton 5. The control panel shall have the following dry contacts: RUN CONTACTS FAIL CONTACTS INTERFACE DEVICE 1 1 NEW SCREEN 1 1 EXISTING SCREEN 1 1 EXISTING WASHER/COMPACTOR 1 1 PLC (1111‘'' 2.04 SPARE PARTS A. The following Spare Parts shall be included and supplied together with the equipment: 1. One(1) Complete trough liner PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT A. All equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of components. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for unloading of the machinery and shall have equipment on-site available at the time of delivery permitting proper hoisting of the equipment. 3.02 FIELD PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. Contractor shall touch up all shipping damage to the paint and stainless steel as soon as the equipment arrives on the job site. B. Contractor shall supply paint for field touch up and field painting. C. Contractor shall coat all stainless steel bolts and nut threads with a non-seizing compound prior to final assembly. 11340-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition SHAFTED SCREW CONVEYOR 3.03 INSTALLATION, START-UP AND OPERATOR TRAINING A. Installation shall coordinate and interface with the two screen control panels and one washer/compactor control panel. Refer to specification Section 11330. B. Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment dimensions with the drawings. Contractor shall notify engineer of significant deviations. C. Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. Manufacturer shall supply anchor bolts for the equipment. Contractors shall install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations D. Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory-trained service engineer for one(1)trip including one(1) day to inspect the installation,carry-out the equipment start-up procedures, and provide training to the operators in how to effectively operate and maintain the equipment. 1. Equipment shall not be energized, or"bumped"to check the electrical connection for motor rotation without the service engineer present. 2. The service engineer shall make all necessary adjustments and settings to the controls. In particular,the service engineer shall verify the correct operation of screw conveyor. END OF SECTION r� 1l 11340-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS (1111116\ SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic requirements specifically applicable to the work of Division 16 -Electrical Requirements. B. The Contractor shall furnish equipment,materials, and labor for assembly and installation plus check-out and start-up of the complete electrical system as shown on the Drawings and stipulated in the Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. As a minimum requirement, the electrical system shall be constructed in accordance with: 1. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC). The contractor shall provide all electrical work/ installations based on the latest addition of the NEC. 2. City of Houston Building Code. ® 3. Other applicable Codes and Standards as referenced in other Master Specifications. B. Comply with local,county, state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of purchase. C. Equipment of foreign manufacture must meet U.S. codes and standards. D. Equipment and materials shall conform to requirements of specification and to the criteria provided in data sheets for the project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Conformance Certificate and Quality Assurance Release. Submit an overall conformance certificate or electrical components signed by the person responsible for product quality. Specifically ide tify the purchased material or equipment by project name and location, purchase order number, upplements, and item number where applicable, including materials and services provided by others. Indicate that all requirements have been met and identify any approved deviations. B. Field Inspection 1. Electrical work shall be inspected and approved by the local code inspectors,the wastewater inspectors,and the Project Manager prior to starting the 7-day test or scheduling training. 2. Contractor shall give a minimum of two days notice to the Inspectors that the installation is ready for inspection and two days notice to the Project Manager. 16010-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 3. Concealed work shall be inspected and approved by code inspectors and wastewater inspectors before it is covered: a) Conduit with stub-ups, underground in duct banks before concrete is poured. Conduit in slabs,walls and ceilings, complete with boxes. 4. Electrical equipment and materials shall be inspected upon arrival by the Project Manager for compliance with specifications. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Take the following site conditions into consideration when fabricating, erecting, installing and wiring electrical equipment under this contract: 1. Plant Location Pearland,Texas 2. Plant Type and Size 3. Plant Site Elevation 4. Seismic Zone Zone 0 5. Wind Velocity 90 mph 6. Temperature,Min./Max.: a. Coldest Winter Month High 60 degrees F Low 41 degrees F '—'°) b. Warmest Summer Month High 94 degrees F Low 73 degrees F c. Lowest Expected 11 degrees F d. Highest Expected 107 degrees F 7. 8. Rainfall: a. Annual 45 inches b. Design 3.4 inches/hour, 8.4 inches/24 hours 9. Design Relative Humidity: 98% 10. Station Barometric Pressure: a. Average Annual 29.5 inches Hg Absolute. 11. Utility Water Systems: Design PressureDesign Temp. a. River Water PSI degrees F b. Well Water PSI degrees F c. City Water PSI degrees F 12. Electric Power Supply Characteristics(Available to Contractor): jl 16010-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Voltage Phase Hz Wire Delta or Wye 1 2 3 PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENT DESIGN A. Components utilized in the construction of the material or equipment shall be of the latest proven design, new and in current production. Do not use obsolete components or components to be phased out of production. 2.02 FACTORY INSPECTION - A. Provide free access with prior notice for the Project Manager at all times to the shop where the material or equipment is being fabricated or tested. Provide reasonable facilities for inspection, witnessing tests, and examining records. Give 7-days notice prior to starting tests which are scheduled for factory inspection. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Verify dimensions and ratings of equipment and materials to ensure proper fit and performance. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment and materials in accordance with the Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. If field conditions necessitate changes in electrical installation, obtain approval from the City Engineer. B. Conductor voltage drop shall not exceed 2 percent for feeders and 3 percent for branch circuits. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Test the electrical system to specification requirements and to demonstrate correct installation and operation of equipment. 0&M Manual shall be furnished prior to testing for reference during testing and corrections for final 0 &M. B. Before 7-days test, demonstrate the system to the wastewater inspectors and the Project Manager. Show the system to be fully operational. All alarms, safeties, and communication points to central 16010-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS and locally must operate in both full-automatic and back-up modes. Use fresh water in the test medium. C. Operate the system continuously for a period of 7 days in full automatic,without failure,to qualify as acceptable. "Failure" is considered any problem that requires correction by process control instructions,maintenance personnel, such as: high or low water level, any motor alarm, power failure,phase failure, communication failure, PLC failure,process control software failure, requiring rewriting or transducer failure.This would exclude conditions not under the control of Contractor, such as: evident lightning strikes,25-year rains, local power utility power failure longer than the specified duration of service. Failures due to uncontrollable situations would allow the 7-day test to continue, as soon as test conditions are restored and the City Engineer is notified. D. The existing station shall remain in service during this test. END OF SECTION jl 16010-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SECTION 16060 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical demolition. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Temporary wiring of systems to maintain operation of facilities while undergoing modifications and demolition shall be provided in accordance with: 1. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC),Article No. 590 -Temporary Wiring 2. City of Houston Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Annotate existing drawings to sequence the demolition of systems, equipment removal and temporary hook-ups. B. Schedule with Project Manager for required shut-downs to accommodate system demolition and installation of temporary facilities. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to City Engineer before disturbing existing installation. D. By beginning demolition,installer accepts existing conditions and warrants that he will maintain service to equipment and items not scheduled or indicated for removal, and that he will return to the City all items and systems in good operating condition. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. 2.02 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. The temporary electrical wiring and facilities shall be designed and constructed in strict compliance with NEC -Article No. 590 and the City of Houston Electrical Code. (1111166\ PART3: EXECUTION 16060-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls,floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company to provide continuous service to operating equipment. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits,notify City of Houston Utility Operations and get approval. Use personnel experienced in such operations. D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the City Engineer at least one week before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. E. Adding Load to Existing Electrical System: Perform a load analysis to assure that the existing power distribution system(MCC, service, conductors,panel,breakers,feeders,branch circuits, etc.) is not overloaded if additional load is added to existing equipment. F. Existing electrical conduit and wire may not be reused to feed new equipment except by written authorization from the City of Houston. 3.02 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove,relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. This includes all associated support and anchoring systems. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. F. Disconnect and remove electrical wire,conduits, devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. Repairs to include matching material type and color. H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. Cut abandon conduits in floors or slabs flush to surface, fill with concrete and path to match surface type and color. I. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new work. 3.03 DISPOSAL AND SALVAGE 16060-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION A. Salvage electrical and instrumentation equipment and wiring size four and larger removed from existing facilities for City's reuse. B. Material and equipment which can be reused or salvaged remains the property of the City of Houston. Equipment to be retained by the City of Houston shall be delivered to a specified location by the Contractor. C. Materials and equipment which cannot be reused or salvaged will be removed and disposed by the Contractor. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of Section 02220 -Demolition. B. Electrical installations and materials shall conform to the current issue of the following standard and codes: American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA),No. 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC), City of Houston Electrical Code, and material and workmanship. C. All material shall be free of defects and in safe working condition which will meet electrical classification and functional requirements. D. Testing shall be made during the course of construction or at the completion of the job. These tests shall be made by the electrical contractor. The contractor shall furnish all test equipment. E. The job will not be complete until work has been inspected and trial startup has been successfully completed. END OF SECTION 16060-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16060-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES SECTION 16111 CONDUIT,FITTINGS,AND BODIES PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit, fittings, and bodies. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI C 80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C 80.4-Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (PVC Coated Conduit) 1. ASTM D149-09—Standard test method for dielectric breakdown voltage and dielectric strength of solid electrical insulating materials at commercial power frequencies. 2. ASTM D1735-08—Standard practice for testing water resistance of coatings using water fog apparatus. 3. ASTM D2247-11 —Standard practice for testing water resistance of coatings in 100%relative humidity. 4. ASTM D2240-05 (2010)—Standard test method for rubber property—durometer hardness. 5. ASTM D 1308-02 (2007)—Standard test method for effect of household chemicals on clear and pigmented organic finishes. 6. ASTM D638-10—Standard test method for tensile properties of plastics. 7. ASTM D746-07—Standard test method for brittleness temperature of plastics and elastomers by impact. 8. ASTM D1151-00 (2006)—Standard practice for effect of moisture and temperature on adhesive bonds. 9. ASTM D870-09—Standard practice for testing water resistance of coatings using water immersion. 10. ASTM G152-06—Standard practice for operating open flame carbon arc light apparatus for exposure of non-metallic materials. 11. ASTM G153-04 (2010)—Standard practice for operating enclosed carbon arc light apparatus for exposure of non-metallic materials. Q.1111 12. ASTM D3359-09e2—Standard test methods for measuring adhesion by tape test. 16111-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 13. ASTM D4585-07—Standard practice for testing water resistance of coatings using controlled condensation. C. ASTM B571-97 (2008)el —Standard practice for qualitative adhesion testing of metallic coatings D. Federal Specifications: 1. W-C-58 C -Conduit Outlet Boxes,Bodies Aluminum and Malleable Iron. 2. W-C-1094-Conduit and Conduit Fittings Plastic, Rigid. 3. WW-C-566 C -Flexible Metal Conduit. 4. WW-C-581 D -Coatings on Steel Conduit. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. NEMA RN 1 -Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. 2. NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Plastic Tubing(EPT)and Conduit(EPC-40 and EPC-80). 3. NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. F. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA),ANSI/NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC). G. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL): 1. UL 1 -Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit. 2. UL 6 -Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. 3. UL 514 B -Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 4. UL 651 - Schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 5. UL 651 A-Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 6. UL 886 -Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations. H. City of Houston Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals following Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data. 2. Installation,terminating and splicing procedure. 16111-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 3. Instruction for handling and storage. 4. Dimensions and weight of products. 5. Code compliance certificate. 6. Conformance certificate. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Rigid steel conduit shall pass the bending,ductility, and thickness of zinc coating test described by ANSI C 80.1. B. Flexible conduit shall pass the tension,flexibility, impact, and zinc coating test described by UL 1. C. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall pass the test requirements of NEMA TC 2,UL 65and 651 A and Federal Specification W-C-1094 A. D. The PVC coated conduit must be listed by UL with both the zinc coating and PVC coating each serving as primary coatings by itself under UL6. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package conduit in 10-foot bundles maximum with conduit and coupling thread protectors suitable for indoor and outdoor storage. Package fittings in manufacturer's standard quantities and packaging suitable for indoor storage. Package plastic-coated rigid conduit,fittings, and bodies in such a manner as to protect the coating from damage during shipment and storage. B. Store conduit above ground on racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of debris. C. Protect plastic conduit from sunlight. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Wheatland Tube Company. B. PVC Coated Aluminum Conduit: 1. Occidental Coating Company(0-Cal Blue). 2. Robroy Industries, Inc. 3. Perma-Cote. 16111-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 4. Triangle PWC. C. PVC Rigid Sch 80 Conduit : 1. Allied Tube&Conduit. 2. Cantex. 3. Osburn Associates,Inc. D. Conduit Fittings and Bodies: 1. Appleton Electric. 2. Cooper Crouse-Hinds. 3. Hubbell-Killark Manufacturing Company. 4. O-Z/Gedney. E. Liquidtight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Southwire. 2. Anaconda Metal Hose Div. 3. ALFLEX. 4. American Flexible Conduit Co.,Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design Conditions. Use electrical conduit, fittings, and bodies designed for service in areas as specified in Section 16010 -Basic Electrical Requirements and this section to form a continuous support system for power, control, and instrument cables or any combination thereof. B. Conduit Raceway: 1. Rigid Aluminum Conduit. a) Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T- 1 and shall conform to FED Spec WW-C-540C,ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. 2. PVC Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit. a) PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-in thick,polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit and an internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. b) The ends of all couplings, fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap. c) Elbows and couplings shall be PVC coated by the same manufacturer supplying the conduit PVC coating system. Elbows and couplings used with PVC coated conduit shall ^^� 16111-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the aluminum,the same thickness as used on the coated aluminum conduit. d) Condulets for conduits up to and including 2-1/2", conduit outlet bodies and covers shall be copper-free aluminum,with captive screw-clamp cover,neoprene gasket and stainless steel screws and clamps, Cooper Crouse-Hinds Form 7 with Mark 7 wedge-nut cover, Appleton, or approved equal. For conduits larger than 2-1/2",junction boxes shall be used. e) Urethane coating shall be a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior of the conduit and the interior of fittings,condulets, covers, and bodies. f) Form 8 fittings shall have an o-ring molded with the coating of their covers. The fittings shall pass a UL observed pressure and vacuum test retaining 25"of vacuum and 17 PSI of pressure for a period of 80 hours. 3. Liquidtight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit a) Liquidtight aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core, PVC jacket rated for 60 degrees Canada meeting NEC Article 351. b) Fittings used with liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be copper-free aluminum and shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552, and UL-514B. c) Couplings and fittings for use in hazardous areas shall comply with UL 886,NEC Article 501 & 502, and Federal Specification W-C-586 C. 4. PVC Conduit and Fittings: a) Use PVC conduit,bends, and fittings,which comply with NEMA TC 2,W-C-A, and rub.' NBC Article 347-17 for above ground installation. Underground installations refer to 16402. Conduit shall be Schedule 80. C. Device Boxes: 1. Device boxes, switch,receptacle,etc., shall be copper free cast aluminum, and shall have tapered,threaded,hubs,with integral bushings. Boxes shall have internal grounding screw, and a minimum of two mounting feet. Boxes shall be type FD, Cooper Crouse-Hinds, Appleton or approved equal. D. Conduit Hubs: 1. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight,threaded aluminum, insulated throat, 316 stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or approved equal. E. Grounding Bushings: 1. Grounding bushings shall be insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings with tin-plated copper grounding path. Bushings shall have integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150°C. Each bushing shall be furnished with a plastic insert cap and grounding lug. The size of the lug shall be sufficient to accommodate the maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application. All non-aluminum metallic hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. Bushings shall be O-Z/Gedney Type ABLG, or approved equal. F. Expansion-Deflection Coupling: 16111-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 1. Combination expansion-deflection fittings with 3/4"axial expansion and contraction movement, 3/4"parallel misalignment movement, and up to 30 degrees of angular movement in any direction. It shall be of copper-free aluminum,with exterior bonding jumper of tinned copper braid and 316 stainless grounding straps, Cooper Crouse-Hinds Model XD as manufactured by the Crouse--Hinds Co., or equal.Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. G. Expansion Fittings: 1. Expansion fittings shall be, 8"movement, copper-free aluminum,with exterior bonding jumper of tinned copper braid and 316 stainless grounding straps, Type XJGSA as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co., or approved equal,with internal grounding.Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. H. Explosion-Proof Seals,Breathers and Drains: 1. Explosion proof fittings shall be designed for Class 1 Division 1, Group D,hazardous locations. Fittings shall be of copper-free aluminum, consist of seals, breathers and drains of type ED, as required for the application. Fittings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.;Appleton Electric Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal. I. Kellums Grips 1. Kellums grips to support cables shall be of 316 stainless steel. J. Conduit Mounting Equipment: 1. All pull and junction box supports, spacers, conduit support rods, clamps, hangers, channel, nut,bolts,washers, etc. and shall be made of 316 stainless steel. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. K. Conduit Identifications Tagging: 1. Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band, permanently secured to the conduit without screws.Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 2. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure that the conduit system to be installed is sized properly for the cable and wire requirements. B. Verify the actual physical conduit route from the conduit plan drawings and prepare the conduit support system. C. Verify the equipment locations to which the conduit will be connected and determine detail requirements for connections. 16111-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install PVC-coated rigid aluminum conduits in all outdoor locations, inside valve vaults and wet wells, lift station dry pits, areas that are not air-conditioned, and in all other corrosive and wet environments. Install PVC-coated conduit in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use installers certified by the manufacturer. B. Install rigid aluminum conduits in dry, inside,air-conditioned locations only. C. Install PVC SCH 80 conduits in reinforced duct banks or encased in concrete slabs. For stub-ups, use PVC coated rigid aluminum elbows as required in Section 16402. D. Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceilings or main structural members. Group multiple conduits together where possible. Conduit shall not interfere with the use of passageways, doorways, overhead cranes,monorails, equipment removal areas or working areas. In no case shall conduit routing present a safety hazard,trip hazard, or interfere with normal plant operating and maintenance procedures. A minimum overhead clearance of 8 feet shall be maintained in passageways. All conduits installed across walkways shall have concrete or aluminum trip plates installed. E. Installation and support of conduit shall be from steel or concrete structures in accordance with the standard detail drawings. Furnish necessary conduit straps, clamps, fittings and support for the conduit in accordance with the standard details. F. Identify conduit at termination points like MCC, light fixtures, control panels,receptacles,panels, and junction boxes. G. Not more than 3 equivalent 90-degree bends will be permitted between outlets. Provide bonded expansion fittings at building expansion joints. H. Install conduit runs so that they are mechanically secure,mechanically protected from physical harm, electrically continuous, and neat in appearance.The interiors of conduit shall provide clean, smooth raceways through which conductors may be drawn without damage to the insulation.Make threaded connections wrench tight. I. Cut conduit square with a power saw or a rotary type conduit cutter designed to leave a flat face. Do not use plumbing pipe cutters for cutting conduit. Ream the cut ends of conduit with a reamer, designed for the purpose to eliminate rough edges and burrs. Threads shall be cut with standard conduit dies providing 3/4-inch taper per foot, allowing the proper length so that joints and terminals may be made up tight and the ends of the conduit not deformed. Keep dies sharp and use a good quality threading oil continuously during the threading operation. Remove metal cuttings and oil from the conduit ends after the threads are cut coat threads with ALUMA- SHIELD or equal before connections are made J. Use strap wrenches only to tighten joints in plastic coated rigid aluminum conduit. Replace all conduit and fittings with damage to the plastic coating, such as cuts,nicks and threader chuck jaw marks. Use a solvent,or the same patching material to seal around the edges of conduit fitting covers. 16111-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES K. Make changes in direction of conduit using elbows or fittings. Do not use pull boxes to make direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise. L. Field fabricated bends shall be free of indentations or elliptical sections. The radius of the bend shall not be less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. M. Protect all conduit terminations from mechanical injury. Prevent the entry of moisture and foreign matter into the conduit system by properly capping terminations. N. Avoid trapped runs of conduit, if possible. When they are necessary,provide drainage using a "tee" condulet equipped with a drain. Conduit is likely to pass through areas with a temperature differential of 20 F or more. Seal penetrations with a proper seal fitting at the wall or barrier between such areas. For conduit passing through walls separating pressurized areas from non- pressurized areas, install sealing fittings at the wall on the non-pressurized side. O. Fit all conduit crossing building or structure expansion joints with approved expansion fittings, except that fittings will not be required when conduit crossing an expansion joint is supported on trapeze hangers in such a way that at no time will the conduit be under stress due to expansion. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, install expansion fittings every 300 feet within a straight conduit run and where conduit crosses building expansion joints, using bonding straps to ensure ground continuity. Bonding strap connections shall be protected by minimum 40 mils PVC coating. P. Where rigid aluminum conduit terminates in sheet metal enclosures, fit the conduit rigid �� aluminum threaded hubs. Sheet metal enclosures made of stainless steel or aluminum located outside or in any other wet, damp, or corrosive areas shall be furnished with PVC-coated aluminum threaded hubs. Restrict side penetrations to the lower one third of the enclosure. Where PVC-coated rigid conduit is used, PVC-coated rigid threaded hubs will be used. Q. Provide Liquid Tight Aluminum Flexible Metal conduit where necessary to allow for movement or to localize sound or vibration, at transformers, at motors and any other rotating equipment. Flexible metal conduit shall be used as fixture whips only. R. Seal all openings or holes where conduits pass through walls or floors. When passing through a firewall or floor, use a fire-rated seal per the typical detail included in the Drawings. Certain walls, as indicated on the drawings, require environmental (air-tight) seals; seal as indicated on the Drawings. S. Install explosion-proof seals according to N.E.C. requirements and in coordination with NFPA 820, in conduit runs crossing or entering hazardous classified areas (as shown on Drawings). Install type CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal pump cables between wet well and first junction box. If a junction box is not used, install the CSBE seals at the wet well and the control panel. T. All transitions in PVC-coated aluminum conduit size shall be accomplished with PVC-coated aluminum reducers or manufactured reducing condulets. RE bushings shall not be used. U. Parallel runs of conduit may be supported by structural steel racks. When two or more racks are arranged one above the other,provide vertical separation of not less than 12 inches between racks, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Space conduits on the racks at least enough to 16111-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES provide 1/4-inch clearance between hubs on adjacent conduits at terminations and to allow room for fittings. V. Fill conduit racks no more than 75 percent of their capacity,providing usable space for future conduit. To ensure this, conduits leaving the rack horizontally shall be offset up or down so that future conduits may be installed in the space remaining. Construct conduit racks to permit access for wire or cable pulling at all pull points, even when future conduits are added to fill the racks. W. Where conduit racks are supported on rods from beam clamps or by some other non-rigid suspension system, install rigid supports at no more than 50-foot intervals to give lateral stability to the rack. X. Conduit racks or hangers must in no way interfere with machinery(or its operation),piping, structural members,process equipment, or access to anticipated future equipment. Refer to architectural, structural, equipment layout and piping drawings to ensure that this requirement is met. Label high voltage conduit with the circuit phase-to-phase voltage by means of a firmly attached tag or label of approved design at each conduit termination, on each side of walls or barriers pierced and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet along the entire length of the conduit. Y. Support conduit sizes 2 inches and larger at spacing's not exceeding 10 feet and conduit sizes 1- 1/2 inches and smaller at spacing's not exceeding 8 feet. Z. The means of fastening conduit to supports shall be: by one hole malleable iron conduit straps secured by wood screws to wood and by bolts with expansion anchors to concrete or masonry;by "Korn" clamps or U-bolts to other surfaces. Use "clamp backs" when strapping conduits to walls, column faces, or other such surfaces. AA. Support conduit runs with conduit clamps,hangers, straps and metal framing channel attached to structural steel members. Conduits of 1-1/2 inch size or less may be supported by one-hole conduit straps on concrete,tile or steel work,but for larger size conduit,2-hole straps shall be used. Use clamps of galvanized malleable iron for rigid galvanized conduit and stainless steel for PVC-coated conduit. Metal framing channel straps used for PVC-coated conduit shall be type 316 stainless steel. BB.Install conduits supported form building walls with at least 1/4-inch clearance from the wall to prevent the accumulation of dirt and moisture behind conduit. CC.All Conduits embedded in concrete lift station deck shall be PVC-coated rigid aluminum. END OF SECTION 16111-9 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16111-10 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE (11111I16\ SECTION 16120 • 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA 70-National Electrical Code (NEC),Article 310 -Conductors for General Wiring B. Underwriter's Laboratories(UL) 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B 3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM B 8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard,Medium Hard, Soft D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA), ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-5) E. City of Houston Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals following Section 01330 -Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Dimensions and weight 4. Conformance certificate 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402. B. Conformance Certificate and Quality Assurance Release:Submit a conformance certificate signed by the person responsible for product quality. The certificate shall specifically identify the purchased material or equipment; such as by the project name and location,purchase order number, supplements, and item number where applicable,including materials and services 16120-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE provided by others.The certificate shall indicate that requirements have been met and identify any approved deviations. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified,mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel.Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Insulated Wire Corporation B. Southwire Company C. General Cable Company D. Rome Cable Company E. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THHN stranded single conductor type and UL 83 and UL 1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum conductor temperature of 90 C in dry locations and 75 C in wet locations in conduit.MTW stranded will be used in control panels. B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed uncoated copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B 3 and ASTM B 8 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402. C. Insulation. 1. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the dimensions listed in Table 310.104(A) of the National Electrical Code(NEC)for type THHN/THWN wire. 2. Outdoor conductors installed in conduit exposed to sunlight shall be Type XHHW-2 stranded copper conductors, moisture, and heat resistant cross-linked polyethylene(XLP). Conductors shall meet or exceed UL Standard 44, Federal Specification A-A-59544, and requirements of the National Electrical Code. Type XHHW-2 meets and exceeds all construction requirements of ICEA S-95-658 (NEMA WC 70. D. Wire Marking 16120-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE (11111'\. 1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code (NEC)Article 310.120. 2. The printing method used shall be according to (NEC) 310.120(B). E. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows: System Voltage A B C Neutral 120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Grey Motor Control 1 Black 2 Red 3 Blue Ground Green PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing cables.-- B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables according to(NEC)minimum requirements or as specified on drawings. C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. D. Clean and swab conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Wiring Methods 1. Use wiring methods indicated on Drawings. 2. In general,use THHN/THWN stranded building wire for lighting,power and control wiring where conductors are enclosed in raceways like in above ground conduit system or in underground duct banks, or inside control panels. 3. Use XHHW-2 stranded building wire in outdoor areas power and control wire is in conduit exposed to direct sunlight.Refer to(NEC) 310.15(B)(3)(a)(5)(c) Exception. 4. Do not use solid conductors. 5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for general lighting circuits. 6. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG stranded for control circuits, except when part (11111 of a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring. 16120-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 7. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the City Engineer. 8. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without approval. 9. Make splices in accessible junction boxes. B. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the National Electrical Code (NEC), Chapter 3-Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension,maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Pull cables into conduits using wire pulling compounds approved by cable manufacturers to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. Mixtures containing soap or detergent shall not be used. C. Single Conductor in Cable Tray 1. Do not install single conductor building wire and cable in cable tray. 2. For single conductor tray installation, see Section 16122 -600 Volt Power Cable. D. Preparation for Termination 1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and seals. 2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp-on type. 3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp-on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole tongues except in places where termination space is limited. E. Tests 1. In general,test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating. 2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation. 3. Use a 600 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. F. Termination. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results,reconnect wire. END OF SECTION 'J 16120-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE SECTION 16121 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. 600-volt control cable. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM B 3 - Soft or Annealed Copper Wires. 2. ASTM B 8 -Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard,Medium Hard, Soft. 3. ASTM B 33 -Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. 4. ASTM B 174-Bunch-stranded Copper Conductors for Electrical Conductors. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE),IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables and Field Splices. C. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA): 1. ICEA S-61-402 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-5). 2. ICEA S-66-524 - Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-7). 3. ICEA S-68-516 -Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-8). D. Underwriters'Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 44-Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables. 2. UL 83 -Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables. 3. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSUNFPA), No. 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) , Chapter No.3 -Wiring Methods and Materials, Article 725 -Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote Control, Signaling, and Power-Limited Circuits. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals following Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. r.\ 1. Completed engineer's data sheets. 16121-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE 2. Completed manufacturer's data sheets. 3. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data. 4. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure. 5. Instruction for handling and storage. 6. Dimensions and weight. 7. Conformance certificate. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. 1. Cable shall be tested at the factory to confirm that the cable complies with requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. Refer to data sheet for additional test requirements. 2. Where applicable,the cable shall meet the requirements of the vertical tray flame test as described in IEEE 383-2.5. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes,unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified,mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Reels shall be of the type specified on the data sheets. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Southwire Company B. Belden Division, Cooper Industries, Inc. C. Okonite Company D. Cablec Continental Cables Company E. General Cable Company F. Superior Essex 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 16121-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE A. Design. Provide cable with the following design characteristics.The cable shall consist of multiple conductors. The cable assembly shall be UL listed,flame, oil and sunlight resistant, and certified for continuous operation at the temperature specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets in wet or dry locations while installed in underground duct, conduit, or cable tray. The number and size of conductors supplied in each cable shall correspond to the quantities specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are concentric or bunch-stranded, annealed tinned copper with physical and electrical properties conforming to ASTM B 3,ASTM B 8 or ASTM B 33 or ASTM B 174 and Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524, or S-68-516 unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. C. Insulation. Each conductor shall be insulated as specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets complying to the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. The average insulation thickness shall not be less than the dimensions shown in Section 3.2,Table 3-1 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516 for 600 volt insulation unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets.The minimum insulation thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the value given in the table. D. Drain Wire. Provide drain wire Class B, seven-stranded,tin-coated copper in accordance with ASTM B 3, ASTM B 8, or ASTM B 33 and as specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. (11/11/1'\, E. Shielding. Cable shielding shall consist of laminated,nonburning, mylar-backed aluminum tape applied helically around conductors with the aluminum side in continuous contact with the drain wire unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheet. The tape shall be wrapped around the conductors with a 25 percent minimum overlap unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. F. Jacket. 1. When control cables are to be enclosed in conduit, ducts or in other raceway systems,the cables shall be of the non-metallic type and shall be covered by an overall nonmetallic jacket, as specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets,which complies with the requirements of Section 4.4 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516, Section 4.3 of ICEA S-61-402, or Table 21-5 of Part 21 of UL 83. 2. Multi-conductor cables shall have a jacket thickness which complies with Table 4-7 of Part 4 of ICEA S-66-524,Table 4-5 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-524, or Table 4-6 of Part 4 of ICEA S- 61-402 unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. G. Armor. Where control cables are to be exposed, as in cable tray, cable channel or other cable support systems, the cables shall be protected by an interlocked metal tape armor made of galvanized steel which meets the requirements of paragraph 4.5 of ICEA S-68-516 or S-66-524 unless otherwise specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets. An over-all jacket shall be provided as specified in the Data Sheets. H. Conductor Identification. Identify individual conductors by method as specified on the 600-Volt Control Cable Data Sheets in conformance with Appendix L of ICEA S-66-524,Part 5 of ICEA S-68-516, or Appendix I of ICEA S-61-402. 16121-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE I. Cable Marking. Print cable marking information on the jacket of each cable at 2-foot intervals. Use a permanent printing method with a color sharply contrasting the jacket color. See the 600- Volt Control Cable Data Sheets for the minimum information required. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. When control wiring requires installation in cable tray and other cable support systems,use the 600-Volt Multiconductor Control Cable. B. Complete cable raceway systems, underground duct banks, and cable support systems before installing cables. C. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. D. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. E. Do not install or work on PVC insulated or jacketed cables in temperatures below 32 F. F. Clean conduits of all foreign matter before cables are pulled in. G. Provide at least 30 percent spare conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable in Conduit and Ductbank. 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the National Electrical Code (NEC),Article 725 -Class 1, Class 2,and Class 3 Remote Control, Signaling and Power Limited Circuits. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Pull cables into conduits using wire pulling compounds approved by cable manufacturers to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation or cable jacket. Mixtures containing soap or detergent shall not be used. B. Cable in Tray 1. Install armored cable in cable tray. 2. 600-Volt Tray rated Control Cable may be installed in cable tray with 600-volt Tray rated power cables. 3. Install cables in trays in a neat and orderly manner.Tie cables to the rungs at approximate 15- foot intervals by use of cable ties. C. Termination 1. Do not splice conductors unless approved by the Project Manager. For termination use crimp- on type, ring tongue,non-insulated, tin-plated copper lugs. 16121-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE 2. Mark wiring on both ends with circuit numbers or loop tag numbers. Heat shrink wire markers after the ring tongue terminal has been installed. Extend the marker over the crimp- on base of the terminal. D. Tests 1. Test insulation integrity and conductor continuity before connecting the cables. 2. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the cable insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. E. Termination.After the 600-volt control cable has been tested with satisfactory results,terminate the cable at both ends to designated terminal points. END OF SECTION 16121-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE DATA SHEET 1 of 3 1) IDENTIFICATION 2) CLIENT MANUFACTURER 3) PROJECT MODEL NO. 4) JOB NO. SIZE 5) PLANT LOCATION SERIAL NO. 6) ITEM NO. INQUIRY NO 7) SERVICE P.O.NO. 8) NO. ITEMS REQUIRED 9) 10) NOTE: I 1 INDICATES INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER 11) OPERATING DATA 12) VOLTAGE FREQUENCY AMBIENT TEMP(°C) 13) INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT 14) 15) 16) CONSTRUCTION 17) CONDUCTORS 18) SIZE(AWG or KCMIL): 19) ARRANGEMENT: SINGLE CONDUCTOR_OTHER 20) MULTI-CONDUCTOR NO.OF CONDUCTORS 21) MATERIAL: BARE COPPER TIN-COATED COPPER 22) SOLID STRANDED 23) SINGLE CONDUCTOR: JACKETED NON-JACKETED 24) MULTI-CONDUCTOR JACKETED NON-JACKETED(TRIPLEXED ONLY) 25) ARMORED ARMORED W/OUTER JACKET 26) GROUND WIRES IN INTERSTICES: COPPER ALUMINUM 27) CONDUCTOR CLASS PER ASTM STANDARD 28) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 29) 30) INSULATION 31) TYPE: CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE 32) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER 33) POLYETHYLENE OTHER 34) THICKNESS(MILS OR MM) 35) COLOR: 36) TEMPERATURE RATING: 60°C-75°C(WET-DRY) 75°C-90°C(WET-DRY) 37) 90°C(WET-DRY) OTHER 38) DRAIN WIRE: SIZE STRANDED_SOLID_BARE COPPER TIN-COATED COPPER 39) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 40) 41) 42) SHIELDING 43) TYPE SHIELDING: BRAIDED CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC 44) CONDUCTIVE COTTON SPIRAL-SERVED CORRUGATED 45) MYLAR FILM-ALUMINUM FOIL POLYESTER FILM-ALUMINUM FOIL 46) COPPER TAPE OTHER 47) POLYESTER FILM-ALUMINUM LOCATION INSIDE OUTSIDE 48) PAIR SHIELD ISOLATED 49) SEPARATOR FILLED 50) ITEM NO. 16121-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT CONTROL CABLE DATA SHEET 2 of 3 1) SHIELD COMBINATION 2) OVERSHIELD: POLYESTER FILM ALUMINUM 3) BRAID - SERVED OTHER 4) 5) BRAID SHIELD: TYPE STRANDS %COVERAGE TINNED 6) BARE_COPPER ALUMINUM 7) OTHER 8) 9) OVERALL TYPE: POLYESTER PAPER.OTHER: 10) 11) 12) JACKET 13) TYPE: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POLYETHYLENE 14) HEAVY DUTY NEOPRENE CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE 15) NYLON OTHER 16) 17) THICKNESS(MILS OR MM) 18) COLOR: BLACK OTHER 19) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 20) 21) 22) ARMORING 23) TYPE: INTERLOCKED(POSITIVE) OTHER 24) MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL ALUMINUM 25) OTHER 26) COVERING: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OTHER 27) COLOR: BLACK OTHER 28) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 29) 30) MARKING 31) CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 32) SINGLE CONDUCTOR: 33) MULTI-CONDUCTOR: 35) 35) CABLE MARKING 36) REQUIRED: MANUFACTURER CONDUCTOR SIZE 37) NO.OF CONDUCTORS VOLTAGE RATING 38) UL LABEL NEC TYPE 39) TEMPERATURE RATING MONTH/YEAR OF MANUFACTURE 40) INSULATION FOOTAGE MARKERS 41) OTHER 42) 43) FACTORY TESTING/DOCUMENTATION 44) PHYSICAL FLAME TESTS(PER IEEE 383-2.5) 45) 46) ELECTRICAL OTHER TESTS 47) MEGGER 48) OTHER 49) 50) ITEM NO. 16121-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN DATASHEET3of3 1) QUALITY ASSURANCE 2) NO ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED SPECIFICATION 3) 4) PACKAGING 5) DOMESTIC EXPORT 6) 7) SHIPPING 8) REEL TYPE: RETURNABLE_NON-RETURNABLE LENGTH PER REEL 9) 10) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) MANUFACTURER DATA 16) CABLE DIMENSION (O.D. IN.) SHIPPING TIME 17) CABLE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OTHER 18) CABLE WEIGHT(LBS/FT) 19) CABLE MIN BENDING RADIUS 20) TENSILE STRENGTH 21) GROSS WEIGHT/REEL(LBS) 22) TOTAL CUBIC FEET/REEL 23) SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND CURVES 24) CABLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS 25) 26) NOTES 27) 28) 29) 30) 31) 32) 33) 34) 35) 36) 37) 38) 39) 40) 41) 42) 43) 44) 45) 46) 47) 48) 49) 50) ITEM NO. 1 11330-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE SECTION 16122 600-VOLT POWER CABLE • PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. 600-volt power cable. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. ASTM B 3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires. 2. ASTM B 8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard,Medium Hard, Soft. 3. ASTM B 33: Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE),IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables and Field Splices. C. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA). (1‘11‘\ 1. ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-5). 2. ICEA S-66-524: Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-7). 3. ICEA S-68-516: Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-8). D. Underwriters'Laboratories (UL). 1. UL 44: Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables. 2. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables. E. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA),No. 70-National Electrical Code (NEC), Chapter No.3 -Wiring Methods and Materials. F. City of Houston Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals following Section 01330- Submittal Procedures: 1. Completed engineer's data sheets 2. Completed manufacturer's data sheets 16122-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 3. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 4. Installation,terminating and splicing procedure 5. Instruction for handling and storage 6. Dimensions and weight 7. Conformance certificate. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. 1. Cable shall be tested at the factory to confirm that the cable complies with requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. Refer to data sheet for additional test requirements. 2. Where applicable,the cable shall meet the requirements of the vertical tray flame test as described in IEEE 383-2.5. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Reels shall be of the type specified on the data sheets.Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Southwire company B. Superior Essex C. General Cable Company D. Okonite Company E. Pirelli Cable Corporation F. Rome Cable Corporation G. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 16122-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE A. Design. Provide cable with the following design characteristic. Cable shall be UL 44 or UL 83 listed,rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at the temperature as specified on the 600 Volt Power Cable Data Sheets while installed in underground duct, conduit, or cable tray. Cables shall be single-conductor or multi-conductor(with ground) as specified on the data sheets. B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed copper coated, unless otherwise specified on the data sheets,with physical and electrical properties conforming to ASTM B 3,ASTM B 8 or ASTM B 33 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524, or S-68-516. The number and size of conductors supplied in each cable shall correspond to the quantities specified on the data sheets. C. Insulation. Insulate each conductor as specified on the 600 Volt Power Cable Data Sheets to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. The insulation thickness . shall match the dimensions listed in Section 3.2,Table 3-1 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68- 516, as specified on the data sheets. D. Jacket. 1. When power cables are to be enclosed in conduit, ducts or in other raceway systems, multiconductor power cables shall be of the non-metallic type and shall be covered by an overall nonmetallic jacket as specified on the Data Sheets,which complies with the requirements of Section 4.4 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516, Section 4.3 of ICEA S-61-402, or Table 21-5 of Part 21 of UL 83. 2. Single-conductor cables shall have a jacket thickness which meets the requirements of Table 4-4 of Part 4 of ICEA S-66-524, Table 4-2 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516, or Table 4-2 or 4-6 of Part 4 of ICEA S-61-402. Multi-conductor cables shall have a jacket thickness which complies with Table 4-7 of Part 4 of ICEA S-66-524, Table 4-2 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516, Table 4-5 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516,or Table 4-6 of Part 4 of ICEA S-61-402, unless otherwise specified on the data sheets. E. Armor. When power cables are to be exposed in a cable tray, cable channel or other cable support systems, the multiconductor power cables shall be protected by an interlocked metal armor made of galvanized steel which meets the requirements of paragraph 4.5 of ICEA S-68-516 or S-66-524 unless otherwise specified on the data sheets. An over-all jacket shall be provided as specified in the data sheets. F. Cable Marking. Print cable marking information on the overall cable jacket at 2-foot intervals. Use a permanent printing method and color sharply contrasting with the jacket color. Identify individual conductors as specified on the data sheets in conformance with Part 5 of ICEA S-61- ' 402, S-66-524, and S-68-516. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete cable raceway systems,underground duct banks, and cable support systems before installing cables. B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. 16122-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. D. Do not install or work on PVC insulated or jacketed cables in temperatures below 32 F. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable in Conduit and Ductbank. 1. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 2. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the National Electrical Code (NEC), Chapter 3 -Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 3. Pull cables into conduits using wire pulling compounds approved by cable manufacturers to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. Mixtures containing soap or detergent shall not be used. B. Cable in Tray. 1. Install medium voltage (5 kv and 15 kv) and 600V cables in separate trays or separated cables by a barrier in a single tray in accordance with NEC 392. 2. Install cables in trays in a neat and orderly manner. Tie cables to the tray rungs at approximate 15-foot intervals by use of cable ties. 3. The number of multi conductors or cables rated 2000 volts or less shall be according to NEC 392.22. 4. Using cable ties, make a triplex of single conductors used for 3-phase systems. Install in cable tray in accordance with NEC 392.20(D). C. Preparation for Termination. 1. Make up 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and seals. 2. Use crimp-on terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors. 3. Use crimp-on lugs with long barrel and 2-hole tongues, except in places where terminations space is limited. D. Tests. 1. Before connecting the cables, test insulation integrity. 2. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the cable insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. E. Termination. 16122-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 1. After the 600-volt cable has been tested with satisfactory results,terminate the cable at both ends to designated terminal points. 2. Tighten connection bolts with a torque wrench to specified torque levels. END OF SECTION 16122-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE DATA SHEET 1 of 3 1) IDENTIFICATION 2) CLIENT MANUFACTURER 3) PROJECT MODEL NO. 4) JOB NO. SIZE 5) PLANT LOCATION SERIAL NO. 6) ITEM NO. INQUIRY NO. 7) SERVICE P.O. NO. 8) QUANTITY REQUIRED 9) 10) 11) OPERATING DATA 12) VOLTAGE FREQUENCY AMBIENT TEMP(°C) 13) INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT 14) 15) 16) CONSTRUCTION 17) CONDUCTORS 18) SIZE(AWG or MCM): 19) ARRANGEMENT: SINGLE CONDUCTOR OTHER 20) MULTI-CONDUCTOR NO.OF CONDUCTORS 21) MATERIAL: COPPER ALUMINUM TINNED COPPER 22) JACKETED NON-JACKETED 23) GROUND WIRES IN INTERSTICES: COPPER ALUMINUM 24) ASTM STANDARD: 25) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 26) 27) 28) 29) INSULATION 30) TYPE: _CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETTING-POLYETHYLENE CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE 31) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER 32) _POLYETHYLENE OTHER 34) COLOR: 34) TEMPERATURE RATING: 60°C-75°C(WET-DRY) 75°C-90°C(WET-DRY) 35) 90°C(WET-DRY) OTHER 36) INSULATING RATING: 100% 133% _ 173% OTHER 37) ICEA STANDARD: 38) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 39) 40) 41) JACKET 42) TYPE: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POLYETHYLENE 43) HEAVY DUTY NEOPRENE CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE 44) _ NYLON OTHER: 45) 46) COLOR: BLACK OTHER: 47) ICEA STANDARD: 48) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 49) ITEM NO. 16122-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition 600-VOLT POWER CABLE DATA SHEET 2 of 3 1) ARMORING 2) TYPE: INTERLOCKED(POSITIVE) OTHER 3) MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL ALUMINUM 4) OTHER 5) COVERING: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OTHER 6) COLOR: BLACK OTHER 7) ICEA STANDARD: 8) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 9) 10) MARKING 11) CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 12) SINGLE CONDUCTOR: 13) MULTI-CONDUCTOR: 14) CABLE MARKING 15) REQUIRED: MANUFACTURER CONDUCTOR SIZE 16) NO.OF CONDUCTORS VOLTAGE RATING 17) UL LABEL NEC TYPE 18) TEMPERATURE RATING MONTH/YEAR MANUFACTURE 19) OTHER 20) 21) TESTING 22) PHYSICAL FLAME TESTS(PER IEEE 383-2.5) 23) 24) ELECTRICAL OTHER TESTS 25) MEGGER 26) OTHER 27) 28) 29) 30) QUALITY ASSURANCE 31) NO ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PACKAGINGATTACHED SPECIFICATION 32) 33) 34) DOMESTIC EXPORT 35) 36) _ SHIPPING 37) REEL TYPE: RETURNABLE NON-RETURNABLE LENGTH PER REEL 38) 39) 40) 41) 42) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: 43) 44) 45) 46) 47) 48) 49) 50) ITEM NO. (11111bbN 16122-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN DATA SHEET 3 of 3 1) MANUFACTURER DATA 2) CABLE DIMENSION (O.D. IN.) SHIPPING TIME 3) CABLE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OTHER 4) CABLE WEIGHT(LBS/FT) 5) CABLE MIN BENDING RADIUS 6) TENSILE STRENGTH 7) GROSS WEIGHT/REEL (LBS) 8) TOTAL CUBIC FEET/REEL 9) SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND CURVES 10) 11) NOTES 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 3 ) 31) 32) 33) 34) 35) 36) 37) 38) 39) 40) 41) 42) 43) 44) 45) 46) 47) 48) 49) 50) ITEM NO. • 11330-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE rik\ SECTION 16126 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for instrumentation cable. 1.02 REFERENCES CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code(NEC) 2. NEMA WC-5—Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA 606A—Standard for telecommunications Infrastructure. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable, connectors and accessories, specified under this Section with all selections, options and exceptions clearly indicated. B. Certified Tests 1. Submit a test report of all installed wire insulation tests. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the wire, cables and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Wire and cable with a manufacture date of greater than twelve(12) months previous will not be acceptable. C. Wire and cable shall be in new condition,with the manufacturer's packaging intact, stored indoors since manufacture,and shall not have been subjected to the weather. Date of manufacture rh\ shall be clearly visible on each reel. 16126-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE D. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials for a minimum period of five(5)years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.05 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery,the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment,an approved copy of all such submittals.Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests,will not be permitted. B. Check for reels not completely restrained,reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. C. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the wire and cable. D. Store cable on a solid,well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. • PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ^^� A. Alpha Wire Corporation B. Belden Division, Cooper Industries,Inc. C. Continental Cables Company D. General Cable Company E. Okonite Company 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Cables for 4 20 ma,R.T.D.,potentiometer and similar signals shall be PLTC rated and shall be: 1. Single pair cable: Conductors: 2#16 stranded,tinned and twisted on 2 in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Okonite,Belden or approved equal 2. Three conductor(triad) cable: Conductors: 3 #16 stranded, tinned and twisted on 2 in lay 16126-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Okonite,Belden or approved equal 3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings: Conductor: Multiple pairs,#16 stranded,tinned and twisted on a 2 in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: Individual pairs shielded with 100 percent mylar tape and drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Okonite,Belden or approved equal 2.03 COMMUNICATION CABLES A. Cables for Ethernet and RS485 shall be rated and shall be: 1. Category 5e above Grade shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 24 AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with 600 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Misc.: UL21047 and UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7957A or approved equal 2. Category 5e above Grade un-shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 24AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin Jacket: PVC with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification NEC CMR Misc.: UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7923A or approved equal 3. Category 6 above Grade -shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 23AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polypropylene Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with 600 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Transmission Standards: Category 6-TIA 568.C.2 NEC CMR Flame Test Method: UL1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7953A or approved equal 4. Category 6 above Grade un-shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 23AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin (Ph\ Jacket: PVC with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Transmission Standards: Category 6-TIA 568.C.2 16126-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72% Flame Test Method: UL1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7940A or approved equal 5. Category 5e below Grade shielded Cable Conductors: 4 pair 24AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire Jacket: LLPE(Linear Low Density Polyethylene)with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Misc.: NEMA WC-63.1, listed for outdoor and wet locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7937A or approved equal 6. 485 Communications Cable Conductors: 1 pair 24AWG Tinned Copper Insulation: Polyethylene Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with tinned copper drain wire Jacket: PVC with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Misc.: UL2919 listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 9841 or approved equal PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete cable raceway systems,underground duct banks and cable support systems before installing cables. B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. D. Do not install or work on PVC insulated or jacketed cables in temperatures below 32 degrees F. E. Clean and swab conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. F. Provide at least 30 percent spare conductors or pairs. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable in Conduit and Ductbank 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Article 725 -Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote Control, Signaling and Power Limited Circuits.Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in raceways as specified. Unless specifically shown ''-") on the Drawings, all instrumentation circuits shall be installed as single shielded twisted pair 16126-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE cables or single shielded twisted triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever three wire circuits are required. 3. Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junction boxes, and all circuits shall be identified at such junctions. 4. Shielded instrumentation wire,coaxial cable, data highway cable, discrete UO,multiple conductor cable,and fiber optic cables shall be run without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels.The shield shall be continuous for the entire run. 5. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation or cable jacket. 6. Conduits carrying low level signal cables shall be PVC-coated rigid steel. B. Cable in Tray. Install instrument and signal cable in cable tray only when the tray is dedicated for this type cable and cables are approved for tray installation. C. Termination 1. Do not splice conductors. For termination use crimp-on type ring tongue non-insulated tin plated copper lugs. (.11111 2. For shielded control cable,terminate the shield and ground it at one end only,preferably at the control panel end for instrument and communication cable and at the supply end for electronic power cables. 3. Splices of Instrumentation conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified. The shield of pair shielded and triad shielded shall be terminated on terminal strips. 4. Mark wiring on both ends with circuit numbers or loop tag numbers. Heat shrink wire markers after the ring tongue terminal has been installed. Extend the marker over the crimp or base of the terminal. D. Tests 1. Before connecting the cables,test insulation integrity and conductor continuity. 2. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the cable insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. E. Termination: After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the instrumentation and control supplier,perform tests to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point in the instrumentation control panel. Remove all improper grounds. END OF SECTION 16126-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE DATA SHEET 1 of 4 1. IDENTIFICATION 2. CLIENT MANUFACTURER 3. PROJECT MODEL NO. 4. JOB NO. SIZE 5. PLANT/LOCATION SERIAL NO. 6. ITEM NO. INQUIRY NO. 7. SERVICE P.O. NO. 8. QUANTITY REQUIRED 9. 10. NOTE: f 1 INDICATES INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER 11. 12. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 13. TEMPERATURE RANGE: MAX °C, MIN °C 14. INSTALLATION: ENCLOSED OUTDOORS INDOORS 15. UNDERGROUND UNDERWATER 16. EXPOSURE: MOISTURE DIRT OZONE 17. RADIATION CHEMICALS:(PLEASE LIST) 18. 19. SOILS: (PLEASE LIST) ELECTROSTATIC INTERFERENCE 20. ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE DISTURBANCES RODENTS 21. OTHER: 22. 23. 24. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS 25. 26. FLEXIBILITY: VERY FLEXIBLE FLEXIBLE NOT CRITICAL 27. RESISTANCE TO: ABRASION IMPACT CRUSH 28. DEFORMATION CUT THROUGH COLD FLOW 29. TERMINATION METHOD: 30. 31. 32. STRIPPABILITY: MANUAL 33. AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT TYPE 34. 35. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 36. FREQUENCY(HZ) CROSS TALK (ISOLATION IN DB AT FREQ) 37. CURRENT(MILLIAMP) DC RESISTANCE (OHMS/1000 FT) 38. _ CAPACITANCE(PFD) VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN (VOLTS/MILL) 39. ATTENUATION (DB/100 FT) INSULATION RESISTANCE (MEGOHMS/1000 FT) 40. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. ITEM NO. r 16126-7 •4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE DATA SHEET 2 of 4 1. CONSTRUCTION 2. CONDUCTORS 3. SIZE(AWG): 4. COPPER STEEL TINNED 5. BARE SOLID COPPER COATED 6. STRANDED SILVER COATED 7. NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS: NUMBER OF PAIRS 8. NUMBER OF TRIADS_ 9. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: 10. 11. INSULATION 12. RUBBER: SBR NATURAL SYNTHETIC BUTYL POLYBUTADIENE 13. NEOPRENE NBR EPR/EPT 14. CHLORSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE SILICONE 15. PLASTIC: PVC LOW-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE CELLULAR POLYETHYLENE TEFLON 16. HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE 17. NYLON OTHER: 18. VOLTAGE RATING: AC DC WALL THICKNESS 19. LAY LENGTH PER INCH OF PAIRS: LAY TWIST 20. DRAIN WIRE: SIZE STRANDED_SOLID BARE COPPER_TIN-COATED COPPER 21. COLOR 22. TEMPERATURE RATING: 60°-75°C(WET-DRY)_75°C-90°C(WET-DRY) 23. 90°C(WET-DRY) OTHER: 24. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 25. 26. 27. SHIELDING 28. TYPE SHIELDING: BRAIDED CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC 29. CONDUCTIVE COTTON SPIRAL-SERVED 30. MYLAR FILM-ALUMINUM FOIL_POLYESTER FILM-ALUMINUM FOIL 31. OTHER: 32. 33. POLYESTER FILM-ALUMINUM LOCATION: INSIDE OUTSIDE PAIR SHIELD ISOLATED 34. SEPARATOR FILTER 35. 36. SHIELD COMBINATION 37. OVERSHIELD: POLYESTER FILM-ALUMINUM_BRAID_SERVED 38. OTHER: 39. BRAID SHIELD: TYPE STRANDS % COVERAGE_TINNED 40. BARE_COPPER ALUMINUM 41. OVERALL TYPE: POLYESTER PAPER_OTHER: 42. 43. 44. JACKET 45. TYPE: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POLYETHYLENE 46. HEAVY DUTY NEOPRENE CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE 47. NYLON OTHER: 48. 49. 50. ITEM NO. 16126-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition INSTRUMENTATION CABLE DATA SHEET 3 of 4 1. JACKET(Cont) 2. THICKNESS (MILS OR MM) 3. COLOR: BLACK OTHER: 4. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 5. 6. 7. ARMORING 8. TYPE: INTERLOCKED(POSITIVE) OTHER: 9. MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL ALUMINUM 10. OTHER: 11. COVERING: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OTHER: 12. COLOR: BLACK OTHER: 13. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: 14. 15. 16. MARKING 17. CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 18. SINGLE-CONDUCTOR: 19. MULTI-CONDUCTOR: 20. 21. CABLE MARKING 22. REQUIRED: MANUFACTURER CONDUCTOR SIZE 23. NO. OF CONDUCTORS VOLTAGE RATING 24. UL LABEL NEC TYPE 25. TEMPERATURE RATING MONTH/YEAR OF MANUFACTURE 26. OTHER: (1.1.6\ 28. 28. FACTORY TESTING/DOCUMENTATION 29. PHYSICAL FLAME TESTS(SPECIFY STANDARDS)_ 30. 31. ELECTRICAL OTHER TESTS: 32. MEGGER 33. OTHER: 34. 35. 36. 37. QUALITY ASSURANCE 38. NO ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED SPECIFICATION 39. 40. PACKAGING 41. DOMESTIC EXPORT 42. 43. SHIPPING 44. REEL TYPE: RETURNABLE_NON-RETURNABLE LENGTH PER REEL 45. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. ITEM NO. DATA SHEET 4 of 4 1. f l MANUFACTURER DATA 2. CABLE DIMENSION (O.D. IN.) SHIPPING TIME (11111 3. CABLE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OTHER- 4. CABLE WEIGHT(LBS/FT) 5. CABLE MIN BENDING RADIUS 16126-9 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition MECHANICAL FINE SCREEN 6. TENSILE STRENGTH 7. GROSS WEIGHT/REEL(LBS) 8. TOTAL CUBIC FEET/REEL 9. SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND CURVES 10. CABLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS 11. 12. NOTES 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 37. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. ITEM NO. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 11330-10 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES SECTION 16131 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for device,pull, and junction boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards(unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code(NEC) 2. NFPA 70E—Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. UL 6A—Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit 4. ANSI C80.5—Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit 5. UL 514B—Outlet Bodies B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330—Submittal Procedures: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Installation instructions 4. Dimensions and weights 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly.All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. 16131-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES C. The Contractor's installer of materials specified herein shall have a minimum of five (5)years' experience in the installation of each type of material. Proof of experience shall be submitted, upon request of the Owner/Engineer,prior to installation. 1.05 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment,an approved copy of all such submittals.Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered. D. Materials showing signs of,previous or jobsite, exposure will be rejected. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Prior to jobsite delivery,the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment,an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests,will not be permitted. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Hoffman Industrial Products 2. Pauluhn Electric Manufacturing Company 3. Hennessy 4. Tanco 5. Tejas 6. Circle A.W. B. Cast Device Boxes 1. Appleton Electric Company 2. Crouse-Hinds,Division of Cooper Industries 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 16131-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved junction boxes and pull boxes manufactured from stainless steel sheet metal and meeting requirements of NEMA 4X for corrosive and wet area,NEMA 250 and NEC Article 314. 2. Provide boxes with a stainless steel continuous hinge, closure hasps and all-stainless steel hardware. Junction boxes shall be mounted so the door opens to the right or to the left. 3. Furnish the door with neoprene gasket and provision for padlock. B. Device Boxes 1. Boxes specified herein, including terminal boxes,junction boxes and pull boxes, are for use with raceway systems only,but include switch,receptacle and lighting housings. Boxes used for housing electrical and instrumentation equipment, other than terminal boxes, shall be as described elsewhere in these Specifications. All raceway boxes shall be provided with a common ground point and UL rated. 2. Classified Areas,NEMA 7/4X(Class 1,Division 1, Groups A,B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70). Boxes shall be constructed as follows: a) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover b) Stainless steel hinges c) Watertight neoprene gasket d) Stainless steel cover bolts e) Manufacturers 1) Cooper Crouse Hinds Type EJB, Style C 2) Appleton Electric Type AJBEW 3) Approved Equal C. Device Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical devices like receptacles and switches, and in conformance with NEMA FB 1 and NEC Article 314. 2. Supply boxes that are hot-dip galvanized or cast iron suitable for corrosive and wet atmosphere. D. Hardware 1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel 2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 16131-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and check if supplied quantity is sufficient. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas,both inside and outside locations. B. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 314 in locations indicated on the Drawings. Junction boxes shall be mounted so the door opens to the right or to the left. C. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls,maintenance and repair. Junction boxes shall be sized for the number and size of conduits that enter the junction box. D. Plug unused conduit openings. E. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors. F. Label boxes with phenolic nameplates as required in Section 16195. END OF SECTION 16131-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for wiring devices including: 1. Receptacles. 2. Wall switches. 3. Wall plates and cover plates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA): 1. NEMA WD1 -General Purpose Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD6 -Dimensional Requirements. B. Federal Specifications (WC-596F). C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC),Articles 210 Branch Circuits,250 Grounding and 410,Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330—Submittal Procedures: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions, weights, certifications and instructions for handling, storage and installation. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bryant Electric r*\I B. Crouse-Hinds,Arrow Hart Division 16140-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WIRING DEVICES C. Hubbel Inc. Wiring Devices Division D. Leviton Manufacturing Company E. Pass & Seymour/Legrand. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for dimensional requirements. B. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon bodies (orange for isolated-ground receptacles)back and side wiring provisions and green-colored grounding screws. C. Receptacles: 1. Duplex-type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts. 2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze. 3. Receptacle grounding system: Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated ground is indicated or required. 4. GFI or GFCI(ground fault circuit interrupter)receptacles: Provide feed-through type with test and reset button. D. Wall Switches: 1. Toggle switches: Singel pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-Cooper, Catalog No. 2221V, similar to Hubbell, Inc.; Pass& Seymour, Inc. or equal. 2. Double pole,20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-Cooper, Catalog No. 2222V, similar by Hubbell, Inc.; Pass & Seymour, Inc. or equal. 3. Three way, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-Cooper, Catalog No. 2223V, similar by Hubbell, Inc.; Pass& Seymour, Inc. or equal. E. Cover Plates: 1. In outdoor, corrosive and wet areas,provide cover plates of heavy duty plastic,gasketed with hinged covers that remain waterproof while still in use and stainless steel hardware. 2. All other plates: Type 316 stainless steel. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed. 16140-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WIRING DEVICES B. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box. C. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends. D. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices. E. Inspect each wiring device for defects. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals. G. Install cover plates on switch,receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Energize and test devices for proper operation. END OF SECTION (°111blh 16140-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition WIRING DEVICES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16140-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16165 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for disconnect switches including: 1. Fusible disconnect switches 2. Non-fusible disconnect switches 3. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches 4. Fuses 5. Circuit breakers 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA) (111116 1. NEMA AB 1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2. NEMA KS 1: Enclosed Switches B. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) 1. UL 98: Standard for safety enclosed switches and Dead Front Switches 2. UL 198C: High Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current Limiting type 3. UL 198E: Class R Fuses C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC), Chapter 4. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330—Submittal Procedures: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Switch internal arrangement 3. Breaker or fuse characteristic curves 4. Instructions for handling and storage 16165-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DISCONNECT SWITCHES 5. Installation instructions 6. Dimensions and weights 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have disconnect switches packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping,handling and storage. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers: 1. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 2. General Electric 3. Siemens Energy and Automation 4. Schneider Electric B. Fuses 1. Bussman Division, Eaton/Cooper Industries 2. Gould Shawmut 3. Littlefuse Incorporated 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Disconnect Switches 1. Characteristics: Horsepower rated, 600-volt,heavy-duty type with an interlocked door, positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism and visible blades. 2. Use switches and components designed,manufactured and tested in accordance with NEMA AB 1,NEMA KS 1,UL 98,and NEC Chapter 4. 3. Enclose switch in a NEMA 12 type enclosure for indoor, air-conditioned applications and NEMA 4X(type 316 stainless steel) in outdoor locations,non-air-conditioned areas, or other wet or corrosive areas. 4. Provide switches with provisions for padlocking the operating lever in OFF position and door in closed position. '-") 16165-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DISCONNECT SWITCHES 5. Select switches having the number of poles and general size conforming to the Drawings. 6. Conform to fusible,non-fusible or circuit breaker type switch requirements as shown on Drawings and required by the NEC, or one-line diagrams. 7. Provide an auxiliary contact, shown on the Drawings. 8. Select fuses or circuit breakers with current interrupting duty as calculated for the points of switch application or as indicated on the Drawings or one-line diagrams. B. Fuses. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, for fuses used in disconnect switches,provide the dual-element,time-delay type with the maximum interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes, conforming to the NEC. C. Circuit Breakers. When circuit breakers are used in disconnect switches,provide the thermal- magnetic type with current interruption ratings as required at the point of application. D. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION (011'\ A. Review the Drawings and verify that the disconnect switches are correct for the applications. B. Make sure that the correct fuses or breakers are being used regarding size and short circuit interrupting capability. C. Prepare adhesive labels on the inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and size or breaker type and size for replacement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the disconnect switches in accordance with and NEC Chapter 4. Disconnect switches shall be mounted in sight of or within 25' of motors and rotating equipment. B. Mount switches 6'-6" (to top of cabinet)above finished floor or grade. C. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations,install switches on spacers to provide a space of approximate 1/4-inch between the back of cabinet and the mounting surface. D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations,connect conduit to the bottom of enclosure and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors. E. Disconnect shall be labeled as required in Section 16195. ($1.1'\: END OF SECTION 16165-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition DISCONNECT SWITCHES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16165-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING (111111'\ SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding electrodes and conductors B. Equipment grounding conductors C. Bonding D. Power system grounding E. Communication system grounding F. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding G. Control equipment grounding 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) rh\: 1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,Medium Hard, Soft 3. ASTM B33: Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE) 1. IEEE 142-82: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2. IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class lE Electric Cables,Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. C. Underwriters'Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables 2. UL 467: Grounding and Bonding Equipment D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA),NFPA No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC), Article No. 250 -Grounding. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01330—Submittal Procedures: 16170-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Installation,terminating and splicing procedure 3. Instruction for handling and storage 4. Dimensions and weight 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests 1. Use insulated cable conforming to requirements of the vertical tray flame test as described in IEEE 383-2.5. 2. Test grounding system in the field in accordance with procedures outlined in Part 3 - Execution. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship grounding cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified.Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Pack and crate other materials specified to withstand normal abuse during shipping, �^^� handling and storage. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cable 1. Southwire company 2. General Cable Company\ 3. American Insulated Wire Corporation 4. Okonite Company 5. Triangle Wire and Cable,Inc. B. Ground Rods and Connectors: 1. Blackburn 2. Copperweld 3. Thomas &Betts 16170-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING (11111b'\ C. Exothermic Connections: 1. Burndy Corporation(Therm-O-Weld) 2. Erico Products (Cadweld) D. Grounding Connectors: 1. Burndy Corporation 2. O.Z. Gedney 3. Thomas &Betts 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design. Provide grounding cable and materials with the following characteristics: 1. Use a grounding system designed in accordance with NEC Article No.250-Grounding,and the IEEE 142-82 -Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. B. Materials 1. Use grounding conductors,tin plated bare or insulated,which are manufactured and tested in accordance with applicable standards ASTM B3,ASTM B8 and ASTM B33. 2. Provide a main ground loop of No. 4/0 AWG, Class C stranded,bare copper cable. Small groups of isolated equipment may be grounded by a No. 2 AWG minimum insulated conductor connected to the main loop. Generally,taps shall be sized as follows: a) Main ground loop or grid #4/0 minimum b) Switchgear,motor control centers and power transformers #4/0 c) Motors 200 hp and above #4/0 d) Power panels-AC and DC #2/0 e) Control panels and consoles #2 f) Building columns #4/0 g) Fencing posts #2/0 3. Where single conductor insulated grounding conductors are called for,use 600-volt insulation.Use ground conductors identified with green insulation or green tape marking. 4. Supply identifying ribbon which is PVC tape, 3 inches.wide,red color,permanently imprinted with"CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" in black letters as specified in Section 16195, Electrical Identification. (11/6"\, 5. Utilize tin plated flexible copper braid across hinged chain link or fence gates to bond the movable portion to the grounded fence post. 16170-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete site preparation and soil compaction before trenching and driving ground rods for the underground grid. B. Verify from Drawings the exact location of stub-up points for grounding of equipment, fences and building or steel structures. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA A. The main ground loop at a depth of at least 30 inches below earth surface. Connect the ground loop to ground rods and to tap connections to form a complete system as indicated on the electrical Drawings. The Contractor shall give special attention to the grounding of service equipment, structures and fences to comply with the NEC, local authorities and the serving utility company. B. Electrical equipment,buildings,tanks, and other structures and equipment shall be grounded as indicated on the Drawings. Where ground rods are required,the rods shall be 10 feet long, 3/4 inch diameter, copper-clad steel ground rods. Rods shall be driven vertically, and the top of the rods shall be a minimum of 18 inches below finished grade, or as specified on the Drawings. Ground wells will be provided for all driven rods. C. Local pushbutton and selector switch stations,two-wire control devices, disconnect switches, lighting transformers,panelboards, operator panels,benchboards,and the enclosures of other electrical apparatus shall be grounded through and equipment grounding conductor run with the power supply or control circuit conductors or shall be grounded as shown on the Drawings. D. Ground medium voltage motors, in addition to the grounding conductors in the motor feeder cable,with a separate No. 4/0 AWG cable to motor frame. E. Motors having power supplied by multiconductor cable shall be grounded by a separate grounding conductor in the cable and where supplied by single conductor cable in conduit by a grounding conductor pulled in the conduit. Connect ground conductors to the ground bus in the motor control center and to the ground terminal provided in the motor conduit box. F. Do not ground the insulated bearing pedestals of large motors. G. Connect ladder-type cable trays to the grounding electrode system. H. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade directly above the ground grid. I. Connect fence posts of chain link and metal fences to the main ground loop at least every 50 feet. Install bonding straps to gates. 16170-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING (11111k\ 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Grounding 1. Make grounding connections to surfaces which are dry and cleaned of paint, rust, oxides, scales, grease and dirt to ensure good conductivity. Clean copper and galvanized steel to remove oxide before making welds or connections. 2. Use the exothermic welding process for below-grade grounding connections,except at ground rods. Use mechanical connectors or thermal connections for above-grade grounding connections as shown on the Drawings. 3. Make grounding connections to electrical equipment, vessels, mechanical equipment and ground rods in accordance with the Drawings. 4. Ground tanks and vessels by making connections to integral structural supports or to existing grounding lugs or pads,and not to the body of the tank or vessel. 5. Leave ground connections to equipment visible for inspection. Protect them with PVC non- metallic conduit as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Make connections to motor frames and ground buses with lugs attached to the equipment by means of bolts. Do not use motor anchor bolts or equipment housing for fastening lugs of grounding cable. 7. Where the wiring for lighting systems consists of single conductor cables in conduit,provide each conduit with an equipment grounding conductor. Use a grounding conductor with green colored insulation and ground equipment in the lighting system. B. Raceway and Support Systems Grounding 1. Install raceway, cable rack or tray and conduit so that it is bonded together and permanently grounded to the equipment ground bus, according to the Drawings. Connection to conduit may be grounding bushing or ground clamp. 2. Install raceway at low voltage motor control centers or other low voltage control equipment so that it is bonded and grounded, except that any conduit which is effectively grounded to the sheet metal enclosure by bonding bushing or hubs need not be otherwise bonded. 3. Where a grounding conductor is run in or on a cable tray,bonds the grounding conductor to each section of cable tray with a cable tray ground clamp. 4. Where only grounding conductor is installed in a metal conduit,bond both ends of the conduit to the grounding conductor. 5. Provide flexible "jumpers" around raceway expansion joints.Use copper bonding straps for (012"\. steel conduit. Install jumpers across cable tray joints which have been parted to allow for expansion and any hinged cable tray connections. 16170-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition GROUNDING AND BONDING C. Fences and Gates. Ground fences, fence posts and gates to the underground grid as shown on the Drawings. D. Power System Grounding 1. Solidly ground the secondary neutral of the main power supply transformer either to the ground grid or through an impedance. See Drawings for details. 2. Solidly ground the neutral of lighting, instrument and control transformers. E. Cable Armor and Shields 1. For shielded control cable,terminate and ground the shield at one end only,preferably at the control panel end for instrument and communication cable and at the supply end for electronic power cables. Maintain shield continuity by terminating the ground shield across connection point where it is broken at junction boxes, or other splice points. Insulate these points from ground. 2. Connect the ground wire in power cable assemblies at each terminal point to a ground bus, if available, or to the equipment enclosure. Do not carry these ground wires through a "doughnut" current transformer(CT)used for ground fault relaying; do carry ground leads from stress cones through CTs. Ground power cable armor and shield at each terminal point. F. Test Wells ;1. Provide access (test wells) for testing the ground grid system at one or several ground rod locations. Make test wells of a pipe surrounding the rod and connections with a cover placed on top at grade level. See Drawings for details. 2. Install a test well at the service,entrance pole to serve as the service entrance grounding electrode. G. Test 1. Perform ground resistance tests after underground installation and connections to building steel are complete,unless otherwise noted on applicable Drawings. 2. Make tests at each ground test well using a "fall of potential" test method. Each ground test well shall not exceed a maximum resistance of 5 ohms. Where measured values exceed this figure, install additional ground rods as required to reduce the resistance to the specified limit. H. Inspection. Inspection of the grounding system by the Project Manager and the local Code Inspector must take place before the grid trenches are backfilled. END OF SECTION 16170-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR (1111111\ SECTION 16171 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specification for low voltage motors. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Specification Section 16195, Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (ANSI/AFBMA): Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. B. American National Standards Institute/national Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA): MG 1 -Motors and Generators. , C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA): NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC). (11111116\' D. American National Standards Institute/Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (ANSI/IEEE) 1. IEEE112 -Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators 2. IEEE114-Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors E. American National Standards Institute/Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (ANSI/UL) 1. UL547-Thermal Protectors for Motors 2. UL674-Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations, Class I Groups C and D, Class II Groups E, F and G F. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1. 85— 1973 Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery 2. 43 —2000 Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery G. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc. /Illumination Engineering Society of North America(ASHRAE/IES): 90.1-1989,Table 5.1 -Minimum Acceptable Nominal Full-load Motor Efficiencies for Single Speed Polyphase Motors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01330—Submittal Procedures: 16171-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR 1. Outline drawings 2. Complete motor data 3. Assembly drawings 4. Anchor bolt location drawings 5. Electrical schematics and wiring diagrams 6. Equipment performance curves and data 7. Bill of installation/assembly materials 8. Equipment weights 9. Catalog data 10. Assembly/disassembly sizes and weights 11. Operating instructions 12. Maintenance and lubrication recommendations ^� 13. Recommended spare parts for startup including prices 14. Special maintenance tool requirements 15. Recommended spare parts list for one year operation 16. Quality control procedures 17. Nondestructive test procedures 18. Acceptance test procedure 19. Surface preparation and painting procedure 20. Shipping,handling, and storage procedures 21. Installation/erection procedure 22. Code compliance certificate 23. Electrical equipment heat run test records 24. Nameplate data 25. Performance/acceptance test report 26. Code data reports 16171-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests 1. Inspect and test motors in accordance with specified NEMA standards. Test polyphase motors to the requirements of ANSI/IEEE 112. Test single phase motors to the requirements of ANSI/IEEE 114-2001. See data sheets for other standard test requirements that may be specified. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prepare each unit for the type and mode of shipment specified. The preparation shall be suitable for at least six months of outdoor storage from time of shipment requiring no disassembly prior to operation(except for bearing and seal inspections). B. Provide instructions as necessary to preserve the integrity of the storage preparation after the equipment arrives at the jobsite. C. Coat exterior machined surfaces with a suitable rust preventative. D. After drained and cleaned,coat internal areas of bearings and auxiliary equipment in oil lubrication systems fabricated from carbon steel with a suitable oil-soluble rust preventative. E. Provide threaded openings with steel caps or solid-shank steel plugs. Do not use nonmetallic plugs or caps. F. When sleeve bearings are furnished,block the rotor to prevent axial and radial movement. G. When space heaters are furnished,make heater leads accessible without disturbing the shipping package. Tag the leads for identification. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric. B. Reliance Electric. C. Siemens. D. Toshiba. E. U.S. Motors. 2.02 DESIGN A. This specification defines the minimum requirements for low-voltage,random-wound,squirrel- (1111111\ cage, induction motors in the NEMA frame sizes for classified electrical hazardous and non- classified area service. 16171-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR B. Use this specification for the selection and purchase of induction motors purchased separately or furnished with driven equipment as a package. C. This specification, along with the reference documents make up the requirements for motors up to and including 200 hp. Use driven equipment specifications to supplement this specification and identify special project requirements. D. Motors purchased with this specification will drive pumps, compressors,fans, agitators, conveyors and other similar equipment. Motors will be installed in a plant environment that may include high humidity, storms, salt-laden air,insects,plant life, fungus,rodents as well as traces of petroleum and/or chemicals. E. Motors shall perform satisfactorily for the application. F. Motors, electrical components and installation shall be suitable for the hazardous area classification(class, group, and division) and shall meet the requirements of ANSIJUL 674 and the NEC. G. Make motors suitable for operation in an outdoor corrosive and wet environment. H. When motors are furnished with the driven equipment as a package, motors shall also meet the requirements of the driven equipment specification. I. Design motors for operation at a temperature of up to 40o/104oF ambient and at an elevation of up to 1000 m/3300 ft above sea level. 2.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Confirm motors have ample capacity to supply the maximum output demanded by the driven equipment and have a speed-torque-current characteristic appropriate to the driven equipment. B. Confirm motors ability to overcome starting load inertia and accelerate the load to rated speed within 15 seconds at 80 percent of rated nameplate voltage,without exceeding the motor time- temperature damage curve. C. Design and construct motors for continuous full load duty, and for continuous or intermittent operation under any extreme environmental condition. D. Three-phase induction motors shall be ANSI/NEMA MG 1 Design B. Motors driving high-torque loads may be NEMA Design C or D,providing so stated in the proposal. E. Single-phase fractional horsepower motors shall be NEMA Design N. F. The single speed,polyphase motors shall have efficiencies as shown in ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 - 1989,Table 5-1 and ANSI/NEMA MG-1-1998 Table 12-10. Provide motors commonly referred to as"Premium Efficiency" in the Industry. 2.04 ENCLOSURES AND FRAMES A. Provide motors with NEMA totally enclosed, fan-cooled(TEFC) enclosures. 16171-4 4/27/16 i City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR B. Motors frames, enclosures,terminal boxes, fan cover guards and air passages shall be cast iron or heavy fabricated steel of such design or proportions as to hold all motor components rigidly in proper position, and shall meet all NEMA requirements. End bells shall be cast iron. Steel sheet or plate used shall have a thickness of at least 1/8 in. Fans,breathers, drains, screens, covers and hardware shall be corrosion-resistant materials.Fractional horsepower motors may have rolled steel stator frame and cast iron brackets with integral mounting feet. C. Make motor enclosure fans low inertia,non-sparking type, and suitable for bidirectional rotation and mount on hub with stainless steel bolts. D. Furnish each enclosure with a stainless steel automatic breather/drain located at the low point of the enclosure. E. Motor frame and enclosure shall have provisions for grounding to the main grounding system. Drill and tap rear foot on horizontal motors and the flange base on vertical motors on the junction box side for a service post ground connector. F. Provide motors weighing more than 300 lbs. with lifting eyebolts,rings or lugs capable of supporting the weight of the motor. 2.05 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design motor for 60 Hz power at the nominal operating voltages listed below. 1. 115/230V single-phase and smaller). (3/4hp ) 2. 460V,three-phase(one horsepower and larger) except manufacturer specifically supplied equipment. B. Induction motors shall be random-wound, squirrel-cage rated for continuous duty and suitable for across-the-line starting, at rated voltage. C. Determine motor horsepower, speed,torque and special operating requirements from the requirements of the driven equipment. D. Use copper for motor windings and terminal leads. Aluminum is not an allowable material for any portion of the motor other than die-cast rotor(fabricated aluminum rotors are not acceptable). Copper rotors shall not be fabricated using brazing malar and any copper alloy must contain less than two percent phosphorous. E. Provide three-phase single speed motors with three leads. F. For two-speed motors provide two windings. G. Motors shall have a 1.15 service factor(SF)rating. H. Motor insulation shall be a minimum of Class F epoxy non-hygroscopic material with temperature rise limited to Class B design rise of 90oC by resistance method at 1.15 SF. 16171-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR '''`1l I. Motors shall operate successfully under running conditions at rated load with variation in voltage and frequency up to the limits set by ANSI/NEMA MG 1-12.44. J. Motors shall be suitable for the number of full-voltage starts as required by ANSUNEMA MG 1- 12.50 as a minimum. 2.06 TERMINAL BOXES A. Make motor terminal boxes weatherproof and with threaded conduit entrances with water- resistant seals between boxes and motor frame. Design the line-terminal box to allow box to be rotated in four 90 degree steps for bottom, side or top entry of conduit or cable. The main terminal box location shall be determined by the Contractor. Locate terminal box for space heaters(when supplied)on the same side as the line terminal box. B. Size the line terminal box so that feeder cables can be connected to motor leads for terminals without damage to the cable or the leads. Oversize the terminal box to exceed the minimum volumes shown in the NEC Section 430-12 and provide adequate space to mount and enclose all devices mounted within. C. Furnish the line terminal box with suitable compression ring-type,permanently numbered,cable connectors for incoming bolted-cable connections and one clamp-type ground terminal lug of sufficient size to contain a conductor the same size as motor leads. D. Wire accessory leads to a terminal board in a terminal box or boxes separate from the line leads. Supply separate terminal boxes for the leads for space heaters, and temperature detectors, current transformers, and other similar accessories, when supplied. 2.07 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES A. Arrange space heaters to provide optimum uniform heating of the stator winding and prevent condensation in the motor at ambient temperature when motor is not in operation. Space heaters shall be rated 240 V but shall be connected for operation at 115V. Space heaters shall have maximum sheath temperature of 150oC and shall be approved for the specified hazardous area classification. B. Provide winding thermal protection, when required, in accordance with ANSUUL 547 and consisting of differential heat sensing devices embedded in each motor winding. The devices shall be sensitive to both over temperature and rate of temperature rise. 2.08 BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION A. Grease or oil-lubricated anti-friction ball or roller bearings are preferred within the application limits. Sleeve-type bearings may be acceptable when recommended by the manufacturer for a particular application. Sealed grease-lubricated bearings are acceptable only for fractional horsepower motors in noncritical service. B. Motors shall have proper bearing insulation to prevent circulation of shaft currents and resulting damage. Provide also insulating means for any oil-supply connections and monitoring equipment to prevent electrical bypassing of the bearing insulation. 16171-6 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR C. Bearings for all direct--connected and belted service motors shall have an L10 rating life in accordance with ANSI/AFBMA 9, of at least 40,000 hours. D. Size bearing housing for grease-lubricated bearings adequately to minimize need for frequent lubrication. Design bearing housing to prevent loss of grease from the bearing cavity and to prevent entry of foreign material into the bearings. Provide housing for grease-lubricated bearings with two plugged openings accessible from the exterior of the motor, one for receiving a pressure grease fitting, and the other to serve as a drain and vent during greasing. E. Provide oil-lubricated bearing housings a reservoir of sufficient depth,to serve as a settling chamber for foreign materials,with a drain plug, and vents as required, accessible from the exterior of the motor. Furnish oil-lubricated motors with a constant oil-level sight gauge mounted on the motor housing and marked with running-and stopped-oil levels. F. Provide motors with suitable seals to prevent moisture from entering through the shaft openings. For applications where hoses and water are used for cleanup,provide an Inpro/Seal isolator (labyrinth seal) on the shaft end of the motor. G. For in-line pumps, special high thrust bearings are required for drive motors, except for pumps where the thrust bearings are provided as an integral part of the pump. 2.09 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VERTICAL MOTORS (NOT REQUIRED) A. Solid shaft vertical motors are acceptable for all applications except when the connection to the driven equipment consists of sectional driven shaft which may unscrew and lengthen in the event of reversal of direction. B. Hollow-shaft vertical motors are acceptable for all applications when the thrust is in the direction to engage the coupling. C. Hollow-shaft vertical motors coupled to a sectional drive shaft with screwed joints shall have special couplings described as follows: 1. Provide motors, except the explosion proof type,with self-releasing couplings designed to disconnect motor from driven equipment and permit lengthening of drive shaft upon reversal of rotation. 2. Provide explosion proof motors with non-reversing couplings of spark-resisting construction, designed to prevent reverse rotation. D. Design vertical motor thrust bearings conservatively to carry maximum axial thrusts(up and down) imposed by driven equipment. E. Vertical motors shall preferably have oil-lubricated,top and bottom bearings. F. Vertical motor bases shall be NEMA Type P. G. Provide vertical motors with a positive,non-reversing, corrosion-resistant("anti-ratchet") mechanism. (0/1"\ H. Provide vertical motors with fan-end splash shields. 16171-7 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR 2.10 SLIDING BASE AND SOLE PLATE REQUIREMENTS (NOT REQUIRED) A. Motors for adjustable belt and chain drives, 1 hp larger, shall be provided with slide rails, or a double-screw adjusting heavy duty sliding based. Fractional horsepower motors shall have slotted holes. Fabricate sliding base from heavy steel to withstand vibration and corrosive environment and paint it the same color with the same paint system as the motor. B. Mating surfaces shall be f 0.0002 in./ft and finished to 250 micro inches, and shall be protected during shipping. C. Motors without sliding bases and that will not be directly mounted on equipment bases shall be equipped with sole plates. Sole plates shall be set into Owner's foundation and the motor shall be mounted onto the plate. 2.11 ROTOR BALANCING AND VIBRATION A. Balance motor rotors dynamically according to NEMA standards. Depositing weld metal,solder and the like on the rotor to effect a balance will not be acceptable. Remove parent metal to achieve balance without affecting the structural strength of the rotor. Chiseling or sawing parent metal is prohibited. B. Measure vibration in all directions with the motor running uncoupled at no load, normal voltage and frequency, and at each speed of the operating range. Motor vibration shall not exceed the total amplitude,peak-to-peak values given in ANSUNEMA MG 1-12.05A as measured in accordance with ANSUNEMA MG 1-12.07. 2.12 NAMEPLATES A. Fasten motor stainless steel nameplates securely to the motor with stainless steel screws. Nameplates shall include as a minimum the information required by ANSUNEMA MG 1-16.61. 2.13 FINISH A. Motors shall be primed and finished using the motor manufacturer's standard epoxy painting system. B. Cover internal surfaces, e.g., shaft,rotor, stator, and other similar components, with a corrosion- resistant coating of epoxy or equal material for increased life. 2.14 NOISE LEVELS A. Determine motor noise level in accordance with IEEE 85. Levels or noise generated by a motor shall not exceed 85 db at a distance of 1 m/3.3 ft. B. Noise level requirements may be also covered by a separate noise requirements specification included with the driven equipment specification. PART3: EXECUTION 16171-8 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify dimensions of motor foundation with sole plates or slide rails in place. 3.02 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the motor in accordance with the Manufacturer's published instructions using the necessary tools and instrument to ensure proper fit and alignment with the driven machine. B. Before coupling up with the driven machine,the following work should be performed. 1. Test the motor winding insulation resistance in accordance with IEEE 43. 2. Terminate cables to the motor leads. 3. Energize motor momentarily to check rotation. 4. Check shaft of driven machine to ensure free movement. C. Couple motor up with driven machine. D. Record motor nameplate data. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION (111/16' A. See Specification 16195. END OF SECTION (1111 16171-9 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC MOTOR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK fl 16171-10 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specification for electrical identification including: 1. Nameplates and labels 2. Wire and cable markers 3. Conduit markers 4. Cable tray markers 5. Underground warning tape 6. Warning labels 1.02 REFERENCES (1111: A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA) 1. No. 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) a) Article 110-Requirements for Electrical Installation b) Article 430-Transformers and Transformer Vaults B. City of Houston Building Code C. Other applicable Codes and Standards as referenced in other Sections. D. Underwriters Laboratories. U.L. Standards No. 224-Extruded Insulated Tubing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01330 Submittal Procedure: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and,catalog data 2. Description of materials used 3. Label or nameplate dimensions 4. Engraving or imprint legends 5. Instruction for handling and storage 16195-1 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 6. Installation instructions 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack materials to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Almetek Industries Incorporated B. Brady U.S.A. Incorporated C. Ideal Electric Company D. Raychem Corporation E. 3M Electrical Products Division F. Thomas &Betts G. Tyton Corporation 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Nameplates and Labels 1. Provide an identification tag for each item of electrical and instrumentation equipment showing its item number and service or application. Use the description shown on the electrical Drawings. 2. For nameplates,use 3-ply phenolic material engraved to show black lettering on a white background. Size the nameplates approximately 1-inch-wide and 3 inches long for 3 lines of 3/16 inch- 16 letters with a 0.8 condensed factor. 3. Generally,provide large pieces of equipment with engraved nameplates; provide additional nameplates at pushbuttons and other local devices; as detailed. Provide identification for all other electrical and instrumentation equipment, devices, or enclosures, such as MCC's, panelboards, disconnect switches, capacitors, relays, and dedicated receptacles not furnished with readily noticeable tag,nameplates, or other means of identification. Provide fault current nameplate per NEC requirements. 4. Install nameplates on the front cover of transformers stating the transformer service location number or identification number, the panelboard or device served, and main breaker feeding the transformer(MCC No. and compartment), and the drawing number on which the transformer schematic is shown. 16195-2 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION I rib\ 5. Furnish equipment, such as motor starters, safetyswitches, weldingreceptacles and circuit P breakers,with 1" x 3" plastic nameplates stating description of item served. 6. Provide nameplates for motors giving the driven equipment description, the service location number, and the MCC number with compartment number when applicable.Nameplates will normally be mounted adjacent to the motor at the motor pushbutton when one is furnished. 7. Install nameplates on the outside and inside of doors to circuit breaker panelboards (i.e., lighting, instrument or receptacle panels). State the panelboard name,the drawing number on which the panelboard schedule shows, and the main breaker feeding the panel(MCC No. and compartment). 8. Type panelboard directories and insert them inside the panelboard doors. Text shall be 12pt- Arial font. 9. Place a large nameplate no less than 3"x5" on control panels,relay panels,junction boxes, or enclosures with electrical devices mounted inside or on the outside of the enclosure indicating the purpose of the cabinet. 10. Provide a nameplate on MCC motor starter doors duplicating motor nameplate data. B. Wire and Cable Markers r".` 1. Use pre-printed tubular heat-shrink type wire and cable markers at each end of all conductors. 2. Select markers manufactured so that the heat-shrink process makes the imprint permanent and solvent-resistant. 3. Use markers that are self-extinguishing, conforming to U.L. Standard No. 224 for print performance,heat shock, and flammability. 4. Provide marker material that is flexible,radiation cross-linked polyolefin with 3 to 1 shrink ratio,rated 600 volts, and white in color. C. Conduit Markers 1. Provide conduit markers made of stainless steel tags approximately 2 inches' x 1-inch x 19 gage. 2. Stamp the caption on the tag and have it black filled. 3. Punch tags for tie fasteners. Fasten tags to the conduits with stainless steel braided wire. D. Cable Tray Markers 1. For high visibility and contrast,use cable tray markers that are yellow with black legend. 16195-3 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 2. Use markers made of vinyl impregnated cloth, suitable for exposure to corrosive,wet, and abrasive environment. 3. Make markers of pre-cut individual letters or numbers with pressure sensitive adhesive backing. 4. Size legend characters to 4 inches high on a total marker height of approximately 5 inches, suitable for applying to 6-inch side rails of a cable tray. E. Underground Warning Tape 1. Provide warning tape made of 4 mil thick polyolefin film, 3 inches wide,suitable for direct burial and resistant to alkalis, acids, and other common soil substances. 2. Use red tape with black legend printed in permanent ink. • F. Warning Labels 1. Place OSHA safety labels on enclosures and boxes 100 cubic inches or more containing electrical equipment or terminations. 2. Provide OSHA color codes for the labels. Use labels made from 4 mil vinyl with pressure sensitive adhesive backing. 3. The warning label caption is DANGER-480 VOLTS or as indicated on the drawings 4. Size labels either 5 inches' x 3-1/2 inches or 10 inches' x 7 inches, as indicated on the Drawings. PART3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces where adhesive labels will be applied. B. Drill holes for nameplates to be fastened with stainless screws. C. Prepare the cable ends for termination and conductor markings. D. Identify conduits at terminating points and select tags accordingly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install nameplates and labels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the Drawings. 16195-4 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION B. Apply wire and cable markers in accordance with manufacturer's pp y instructions using a heat gun with properly sized nozzle for the application. Tag the wires at both ends with the same notation. C. Tag conduits at junction boxes,pull boxes, and at other termination points. D. Identify cable trays at the time of installation with the alphanumeric number shown on the Drawings. Label cable trays on the outside rail. Place the tray identifier at each point where the tray designation changes and at 200 foot intervals in between,but not less than two per run. E. Identify underground conduits,cables,or duct banks using the underground warning tape. The underground grounding grid, including the laterals. Also use underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 12 inches below grade or as indicated on the Drawings. For wide trenches or duct banks, install one warning tape per 24-inch width. F. Apply the 5 inches by 3-1/2 inches warning labels to disconnect switches,panelboards,terminal boxes,and similar devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and the Drawings. Apply the 10 inches' x 7 inches warning labels to larger control panel enclosures,motor control centers, and to entrance doors to buildings containing electrical power and control equipment. END OF SECTION CO` 16195-5 4/27/16 City of Pearland John Hargrove WRF Bar Screen Addition ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • 16195-6 4/27/16